Lenovo THINKSERVER 3779 User Manual

Hardware Maintenance Manual  
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3797, 3798, 3779, and 3729  
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798  
Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Note: Before using this information and the product it supports, read the general information in “Notices,” on page 247 and the  
Warranty and Support Information document on the ThinkServer Documentation DVD.  
Second Edition (November 2009)  
© Copyright Lenovo 2005, 2009.  
Portions © Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 2007, 2008.  
LENOVO products, data, computer software, and services have been developed exclusively at private expense and  
are sold to governmental entities as commercial items as defined by 48 C.F.R. 2.101 with limited and restricted rights  
to use, reproduction and disclosure.  
LIMITED AND RESTRICTED RIGHTS NOTICE: If products, data, computer software, or services are delivered  
pursuant a General Services Administration GSAcontract, use, reproduction, or disclosure is subject to restrictions  
set forth in Contract No. GS-35F-05925.  
Contents  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
iii  
iv ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Contents  
v
vi ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Chapter 1. About this manual  
This Hardware Maintenance Manual contains information to help you solve  
problems that might occur in your server. It describes the diagnostic tools that come  
with the server, error codes and suggested actions, and instructions for replacing  
failing components.  
The most recent version of this document is available at http://www.lenovo.com/  
Before servicing a Lenovo product, be sure to read the Safety Information. See  
Important Safety Information  
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this book before performing  
any of the instructions.  
Veuillez lire toutes les consignes de type DANGER et ATTENTION du présent  
document avant d’exécuter les instructions.  
Lesen Sie unbedingt alle Hinweise vom Typ ACHTUNGoder VORSICHTin  
dieser Dokumentation, bevor Sie irgendwelche Vorgänge durchführen  
Leggere le istruzioni introdotte da ATTENZIONE e PERICOLO presenti nel manuale  
prima di eseguire una qualsiasi delle istruzioni  
Certifique-se de ler todas as instruções de cuidado e perigo neste manual antes de  
executar qualquer uma das instruções  
Es importante que lea todas las declaraciones de precaución y de peligro de este  
manual antes de seguir las instrucciones.  
Important information about replacing RoHS compliant FRUs  
RoHS, The Restriction of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic  
Equipment Directive (2002/95/EC) is a European Union legal requirement  
affecting the global electronics industry. RoHS requirements must be  
implemented on Lenovo products placed on the market and sold in the  
European Union after June 2006. Products on the market before June 2006  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
1
 
are not required to have RoHS compliant parts. If the parts are not compliant  
originally, replacement parts can also be noncompliant, but in all cases, if the  
parts are compliant, the replacement parts must also be compliant.  
Note: RoHS and non-RoHS FRU part numbers with the same fit and function are  
identified with unique FRU part numbers.  
Lenovo plans to transition to RoHS compliance well before the implementation date  
and expects its suppliers to be ready to support Lenovo’s requirements and  
schedule in the EU. Products sold in 2005, will contain some RoHS compliant  
FRUs. The following statement pertains to these products and any product Lenovo  
produces containing RoHS compliant parts.  
RoHS compliant ThinkCentre parts have unique FRU part numbers. Before or after  
June, 2006, failed RoHS compliant parts must always be replaced using RoHS  
compliant FRUs, so only the FRUs identified as compliant in the system HMM or  
direct substitutions for those FRUs can be used.  
Products marketed before June 2006  
Products marketed after June 2006  
Current or original  
part  
Replacement FRU  
Current or original  
part  
Replacement FRU  
Non-RoHS  
Non-RoHS  
Non-RoHS  
RoHS  
Can be Non-RoHS  
Can be RoHS  
Must be RoHS  
Must be RoHS  
Can sub to RoHS  
Must be RoHS  
Note: A direct substitution is a part with a different FRU part number that is  
automatically shipped by the distribution center at the time of order.  
Turkish statement of compliance  
The Lenovo product meets the requirements of the Republic of Turkey Directive on  
the Restriction of the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and  
Electronic Equipment (EEE).  
Türkiye EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygunluk Beyanı  
Bu Lenovo ürünü, T.C. Çevre ve Orman Bakanlığı'nın  
“Elektrik ve Elektronik Eşyalarda Bazı Zararlı Maddelerin  
Kullanımının Sınırlandırılmasına Dair Yönetmelik (EEE)”  
direktiflerine uygundur.  
EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.  
2
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Chapter 2. Safety information  
Before installing this product, read the Safety Information.  
Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações de Segurança.  
Pred instalací tohoto produktu si prectete prírucku bezpecnostních instrukcí.  
Læs sikkerhedsforskrifterne, før du installerer dette produkt.  
Lees voordat u dit product installeert eerst de veiligheidsvoorschriften.  
Ennen kuin asennat tämän tuotteen, lue turvaohjeet kohdasta Safety Information.  
Avant d’installer ce produit, lisez les consignes de sécurité.  
Vor der Installation dieses Produkts die Sicherheitshinweise lesen.  
Prima di installare questo prodotto, leggere le Informazioni sulla Sicurezza.  
Les sikkerhetsinformasjonen (Safety Information) før du installerer dette produktet.  
Antes de instalar este produto, leia as Informações sobre Segurança.  
Antes de instalar este producto, lea la información de seguridad.  
Läs säkerhetsinformationen innan du installerar den här produkten.  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
3
 
Guidelines for trained service technicians  
This section contains information for trained service technicians.  
Inspecting for unsafe conditions  
Use the information in this section to help you identify potential unsafe conditions in  
a Lenovo product that you are working on. Each Lenovo product, as it was  
designed and manufactured, has required safety items to protect users and service  
technicians from injury. The information in this section addresses only those items.  
Use good judgment to identify potential unsafe conditions that might be caused by  
non-Lenovo alterations or attachment of non-Lenovo features or options that are not  
addressed in this section. If you identify an unsafe condition, you must determine  
how serious the hazard is and whether you must correct the problem before you  
work on the product.  
Consider the following conditions and the safety hazards that they present:  
v Electrical hazards, especially primary power. Primary voltage on the frame can  
cause serious or fatal electrical shock.  
v Explosive hazards, such as a damaged CRT face or a bulging capacitor.  
v Mechanical hazards, such as loose or missing hardware.  
To inspect the product for potential unsafe conditions, complete the following steps:  
1. Make sure that the power is off and the power cord is disconnected.  
2. Make sure that the exterior cover is not damaged, loose, or broken, and  
observe any sharp edges.  
3. Check the power cord:  
v Make sure that the third-wire ground connector is in good condition. Use a  
meter to measure third-wire ground continuity for 0.1 ohm or less between  
the external ground pin and the frame ground.  
v Make sure that the power cord is the correct type.  
v Make sure that the insulation is not frayed or worn.  
4. Remove the cover.  
5. Check for any obvious non-Lenovo alterations. Use good judgment as to the  
safety of any non-Lenovo alterations.  
6. Check inside the server for any obvious unsafe conditions, such as metal filings,  
contamination, water or other liquid, or signs of fire or smoke damage.  
7. Check for worn, frayed, or pinched cables.  
8. Make sure that the power-supply cover fasteners (screws or rivets) have not  
been removed or tampered with.  
Guidelines for servicing electrical equipment  
Observe the following guidelines when servicing electrical equipment:  
v Check the area for electrical hazards such as moist floors, nongrounded power  
extension cords, power surges, and missing safety grounds.  
v Use only approved tools and test equipment. Some hand tools have handles that  
are covered with a soft material that does not provide insulation from live  
electrical currents.  
v Regularly inspect and maintain your electrical hand tools for safe operational  
condition. Do not use worn or broken tools or testers.  
4
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Do not touch the reflective surface of a dental mirror to a live electrical circuit.  
The surface is conductive and can cause personal injury or equipment damage if  
it touches a live electrical circuit.  
v Some rubber floor mats contain small conductive fibers to decrease electrostatic  
discharge. Do not use this type of mat to protect yourself from electrical shock.  
v Do not work alone under hazardous conditions or near equipment that has  
hazardous voltages.  
v Locate the emergency power-off (EPO) switch, disconnecting switch, or electrical  
outlet so that you can turn off the power quickly in the event of an electrical  
accident.  
v Disconnect all power before you perform a mechanical inspection, work near  
power supplies, or remove or install main units.  
v Before you work on the equipment, disconnect the power cord. If you cannot  
disconnect the power cord, have the customer power-off the wall box that  
supplies power to the equipment and lock the wall box in the off position.  
v Never assume that power has been disconnected from a circuit. Check it to  
make sure that it has been disconnected.  
v If you have to work on equipment that has exposed electrical circuits, observe  
the following precautions:  
– Make sure that another person who is familiar with the power-off controls is  
near you and is available to turn off the power if necessary.  
– When you are working with powered-on electrical equipment, use only one  
hand. Keep the other hand in your pocket or behind your back to avoid  
creating a complete circuit that could cause an electrical shock.  
– When you use a tester, set the controls correctly and use the approved probe  
leads and accessories for that tester.  
– Stand on a suitable rubber mat to insulate you from grounds such as metal  
floor strips and equipment frames.  
v Use extreme care when you measure high voltages.  
v To ensure proper grounding of components such as power supplies, pumps,  
blowers, fans, and motor generators, do not service these components outside of  
their normal operating locations.  
v If an electrical accident occurs, use caution, turn off the power, and send another  
person to get medical aid.  
Chapter 2. Safety information  
5
Safety statements  
Important:  
Each caution and danger statement in this document is labeled with a  
number. This number is used to cross reference an English-language  
caution or danger statement with translated versions of the caution or  
danger statement in the Safety Information document.  
For example, if a caution statement is labeled Statement 1,″  
translations for that caution statement are in the Safety Information  
document under Statement 1.″  
Be sure to read all caution and danger statements in this document  
before you perform the procedures. Read any additional safety  
information that comes with the server or optional device before you  
install the device.  
Attention: Use No. 26 AWG or larger UL-listed or CSA certified  
telecommunication line cord.  
6
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Statement 1:  
DANGER  
Electrical current from power, telephone, and communication cables is  
hazardous.  
To avoid a shock hazard:  
v Do not connect or disconnect any cables or perform installation,  
maintenance, or reconfiguration of this product during an electrical  
storm.  
v Connect all power cords to a properly wired and grounded electrical  
outlet.  
v Connect to properly wired outlets any equipment that will be attached to  
this product.  
v When possible, use one hand only to connect or disconnect signal  
cables.  
v Never turn on any equipment when there is evidence of fire, water, or  
structural damage.  
v Disconnect the attached power cords, telecommunications systems,  
networks, and modems before you open the device covers, unless  
instructed otherwise in the installation and configuration procedures.  
v Connect and disconnect cables as described in the following table when  
installing, moving, or opening covers on this product or attached  
devices.  
To Connect:  
To Disconnect:  
1. Turn everything OFF.  
1. Turn everything OFF.  
2. First, attach all cables to devices.  
3. Attach signal cables to connectors.  
4. Attach power cords to outlet.  
5. Turn device ON.  
2. First, remove power cords from outlet.  
3. Remove signal cables from connectors.  
4. Remove all cables from devices.  
Chapter 2. Safety information  
7
Statement 2:  
CAUTION:  
When replacing the lithium battery, use only a type battery recommended by  
the manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery,  
replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer.  
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or  
disposed of.  
Do not:  
v Throw or immerse into water  
v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)  
v Repair or disassemble  
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.  
8
ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Statement 3:  
CAUTION:  
When laser products (such as CD-ROMs, DVD drives, fiber optic devices, or  
transmitters) are installed, note the following:  
v Do not remove the covers. Removing the covers of the laser product could  
result in exposure to hazardous laser radiation. There are no serviceable  
parts inside the device.  
v Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than  
those specified herein might result in hazardous radiation exposure.  
DANGER  
Some laser products contain an embedded Class 3A or Class 3B laser  
diode. Note the following.  
Laser radiation when open. Do not stare into the beam, do not view directly  
with optical instruments, and avoid direct exposure to the beam.  
Class 1 Laser Product  
Laser Klasse 1  
Laser Klass 1  
Luokan 1 Laserlaite  
`
Appareil A Laser de Classe 1  
Chapter 2. Safety information  
9
Statement 4:  
18 kg (39.7 lb)  
32 kg (70.5 lb)  
55 kg (121.2 lb)  
CAUTION:  
Use safe practices when lifting.  
Statement 5:  
CAUTION:  
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power  
supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device. The device  
also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current  
from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power  
source.  
2
1
10 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Statement 8:  
CAUTION:  
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following  
label attached.  
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any  
component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside  
these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact  
a service technician.  
Statement 26:  
CAUTION:  
Do not place any object on top of rack-mounted devices.  
Attention: This server is suitable for use on an IT power distribution system  
whose maximum phase-to-phase voltage is 240 V under any distribution fault  
condition.  
Important: This product is not suitable for use with visual display workplace devices  
according to Clause 2 of the German Ordinance for Work with Visual Display Units.  
Installation guidelines  
Before you install optional devices, read the following information:  
v Read the safety information that begins on page 3, and the guidelines in this  
section. This information will help you work safely.  
v When you install your new server, take the opportunity to download and apply  
the most recent firmware updates. This step will help to ensure that any known  
issues are addressed and that your server is ready to function at maximum levels  
of performance. To download firmware updates for your server, complete the  
following steps:  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
Chapter 2. Safety information 11  
 
3. From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
5. Click User’s guides and manuals for documentation.  
v Before you install optional hardware, make sure that the server is working  
correctly. Start the server, and make sure that the operating system starts, if an  
operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error code is displayed,  
indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise  
working correctly. If the server is not working correctly, refer to the “Diagnosing a  
problem” on page 25 for diagnostic information.  
v Observe good housekeeping in the area where you are working. Place removed  
covers and other parts in a safe place.  
v If you must start the server while the cover is removed, make sure that no one is  
near the server and that no tools or other objects have been left inside the  
server.  
v Do not attempt to lift an object that you think is too heavy for you. If you have to  
lift a heavy object, observe the following precautions:  
– Make sure that you can stand safely without slipping.  
– Distribute the weight of the object equally between your feet.  
– Use a slow lifting force. Never move suddenly or twist when you lift a heavy  
object.  
To avoid straining the muscles in your back, lift by standing or by pushing up  
with your leg muscles.  
v Make sure that you have an adequate number of properly grounded electrical  
outlets for the server, monitor, and other devices.  
v Back up all important data before you make changes to disk drives.  
v Have a small flat-blade screwdriver available.  
v To view the error LEDs on the system board and internal components, leave the  
server connected to power.  
v You do not have to turn off the server to install or replace hot-swap fans,  
redundant hot-swap ac power supplies, or hot-plug Universal Serial Bus (USB)  
devices. However, you must turn off the server before performing any steps that  
involve removing or installing adapter cables or non-hot-swap optional devices or  
components.  
v Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the component  
to remove it from or install it in the server, open or close a latch, and so on.  
v Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates  
that the component can be hot-swapped, which means that if the server and  
operating system support hot-swap capability, you can remove or install the  
component while the server is running. (Orange can also indicate touch points on  
hot-swap components.) See the instructions for removing or installing a specific  
hot-swap component for any additional procedures that you might have to  
perform before you remove or install the component.  
v When you are finished working on the server, reinstall all safety shields, guards,  
labels, and ground wires.  
v For a list of supported optional devices for the server, see http://www.lenovo.com/  
System reliability guidelines  
To help ensure proper system cooling and system reliability, make sure that the  
following requirements are met:  
12 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Each of the drive bays has a drive or a filler panel and electromagnetic  
compatibility (EMC) shield installed in it.  
v If the server has redundant power, each of the power-supply bays has a power  
supply installed in it.  
v There is adequate space around the server to allow the server cooling system to  
work properly. Leave approximately 50 mm (2.0 in.) of open space around the  
front and rear of the server. Do not place objects in front of the fans. For proper  
cooling and airflow, replace the server cover before you turn on the server.  
Operating the server for extended periods of time (more than 30 minutes) with  
the server cover removed might damage server components.  
v You have followed the cabling instructions that come with optional adapters.  
v You have replaced a failed fan within 48 hours.  
v You have replaced a hot-swap fan within 30 seconds of removal.  
v You have replaced a hot-swap drive within 2 minutes of removal.  
v You do not operate the server without the air baffles installed. Operating the  
server without the air baffles might cause the microprocessors to overheat.  
v Microprocessor 2 air baffle and DIMM air baffle are installed.  
v The EasyLED diagnostics panel is not pulled out of the server.  
Working inside the server with the power on  
Attention: Static electricity that is released to internal server components when  
the server is powered-on might cause the server to halt, which could result in the  
loss of data. To avoid this potential problem, always use an electrostatic-discharge  
wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside the server with the  
power on.  
The server supports hot-plug, hot-add, and hot-swap devices and is designed to  
operate safely while it is turned on and the cover is removed. Follow these  
guidelines when you work inside a server that is turned on:  
v Avoid wearing loose-fitting clothing on your forearms. Button long-sleeved shirts  
before working inside the server; do not wear cuff links while you are working  
inside the server.  
v Do not allow your necktie or scarf to hang inside the server.  
v Remove jewelry, such as bracelets, necklaces, rings, and loose-fitting wrist  
watches.  
v Remove items from your shirt pocket, such as pens and pencils, that could fall  
into the server as you lean over it.  
v Avoid dropping any metallic objects, such as paper clips, hairpins, and screws,  
into the server.  
Handling static-sensitive devices  
Attention: Static electricity can damage the server and other electronic devices.  
To avoid damage, keep static-sensitive devices in their static-protective packages  
until you are ready to install them.  
To reduce the possibility of damage from electrostatic discharge, observe the  
following precautions:  
v Limit your movement. Movement can cause static electricity to build up around  
you.  
Chapter 2. Safety information 13  
 
v The use of a grounding system is recommended. For example, wear an  
electrostatic-discharge wrist strap, if one is available. Always use an  
electrostatic-discharge wrist strap or other grounding system when working inside  
the server with the power on.  
v Handle the device carefully, holding it by its edges or its frame.  
v Do not touch solder joints, pins, or exposed circuitry.  
v Do not leave the device where others can handle and damage it.  
v While the device is still in its static-protective package, touch it to an unpainted  
metal surface on the outside of the server for at least 2 seconds. This drains  
static electricity from the package and from your body.  
v Remove the device from its package and install it directly into the server without  
setting down the device. If it is necessary to set down the device, put it back into  
its static-protective package. Do not place the device on the server cover or on a  
metal surface.  
v Take additional care when handling devices during cold weather. Heating reduces  
indoor humidity and increases static electricity.  
14 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Chapter 3. General information  
This chapter provides general information that applies to all machine types  
supported by this publication.  
Introduction  
The four types of replaceable components are:  
v Consumables: Purchase and replacement of consumables (components, such  
as batteries and printer cartridges, that have depleting life) is your responsibility.  
If Lenovo acquires or installs a consumable component at your request, you will  
be charged for the service. For a list of consumable parts, see  
v Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your  
responsibility. If Lenovo installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be charged  
for the installation.  
v Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or  
request Lenovo to install it, at no additional charge, under the type of warranty  
service that is designated for your server.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained service  
technicians.  
For a list of replaceable components for the server, go to:  
Features and technologies  
The RD220 server offers the following features and technologies:  
v UEFI-compliant server firmware  
UEFI replaces the basic input/output system (BIOS) and defines a standard  
interface between the operating system, platform firmware, and external devices.  
UEFI-compliant servers are capable of booting UEFI-compliant operating  
systems, BIOS-based operating systems, and BIOS-based adapters as well as  
UEFI-compliant adapters.  
Note: This server does not support DOS.  
v Integrated Management Module  
The Integrated Management Module (IMM) combines service processor  
functions, video controller, and (when IMM Premium is installed) remote presence  
function in a single chip. The IMM provides advanced service-processor control,  
monitoring, and alerting function. If an environmental condition exceeds a  
threshold or if a system component fails, the IMM lights LEDs to help you  
diagnose the problem, records the error in the event log, and alerts you to the  
problem. IMM Premium provides a virtual presence capability for remote server  
management capabilities. The IMM provides remote server management through  
industry-standard interfaces:  
– Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) version 2.0  
– Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) version 3  
– Common Information Model (CIM)  
– Web browser  
v Remote presence capability and blue-screen capture  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
15  
 
IMM Premium is required to enable the remote presence and blue-screen  
capture features. The remote presence feature provides the following functions:  
– Remotely viewing video with graphics resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 at 75 Hz,  
regardless of the system state  
– Remotely accessing the server, using the keyboard and mouse from a remote  
client  
– Mapping the CD or DVD drive, diskette drive, and USB flash drive on a  
remote client, and mapping ISO and diskette image files as virtual drives that  
are available for use by the server  
– Uploading a diskette image to the IMM memory and mapping it to the server  
as a virtual drive  
The blue-screen capture feature captures the video display contents before the  
IMM restarts the server when the IMM detects an operating-system hang  
condition. A system administrator can use the blue-screen capture to assist in  
determining the cause of the hang condition.  
v IBM® Advanced Settings Utility (ASU) program  
Use this program as an alternative to the UEFI Setup Utility for modifying UEFI  
settings. Use the ASU program online or out of band to modify UEFI settings  
from the command line without the need to restart the server to access the UEFI  
Setup Utility program.  
v Preboot diagnostics programs  
The preboot diagnostics programs are stored on the integrated USB memory. It  
collects and analyzes system information to aid in diagnosing server problems.  
The diagnostics programs collect the following information about the server:  
– System configuration  
– Network interfaces and settings  
– Installed hardware  
– EasyLED diagnostics status  
– Service processor status and configuration  
– Vital product data, firmware, and UEFI (formerly BIOS) configuration  
– Hard disk drive health  
– RAID controller configuration  
– Event logs for RAID controllers and service processors  
The diagnostics programs create a merged log that includes events from all  
collected logs. The information is collected into a file that you can send to service  
and support. Additionally, you can view the information locally through a  
generated text report file. You can also copy the log to a removable media and  
view the log from a Web browser.  
For additional information about preboot diagnostics programs, see the Hardware  
Maintenance Manual.  
v EasyStartup DVD  
The ThinkServer EasyStartup program guides you through the configuration of  
the hardware, the RAID controller, and the installation of the operating system  
and device drivers.  
v EasyManage DVD  
The EasyManage program helps you manage and administer your servers and  
clients through remote problem notification as well as monitoring and alerting.  
v Integrated network support  
16 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
The server comes with two integrated Broadcom Gigabit Ethernet controllers,  
which support connection to a 10-Mbps, 100-Mbps, or 1000-Mbps network.  
v Large data-storage and hot-swap capability  
The server supports up to eight or twelve 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drives in  
the hot-swap bays (depending on the model and optional devices installed). With  
the hot-swap feature, you can add, remove, or replace hard disk drives without  
turning off the server.  
v EasyLED diagnostics  
EasyLED diagnostics provides LEDs to help you diagnose problems. For more  
v Memory mirroring  
Memory mirroring improves the availability of memory by writing information to  
the main memory and redundant locations in a mirrored pair of DIMMs.  
v Large system-memory capacity  
The memory bus supports up to 128 GB of system memory. The memory  
controller supports error correcting code (ECC) for up to 16 industry-standard  
PC3-10600R-999 (single-rank or dual-rank), 800, 1067, and 1333 MHz, DDR3  
(third-generation double-data-rate), registered, synchronous dynamic random  
access memory (SDRAM) dual inline memory modules (DIMMs).  
v PCI adapter capabilities  
The server supports up to four PCI interface slots. For more information, see  
v Redundant connection  
The addition of the optional Ethernet daughter card provides failover capability to  
a redundant Ethernet connection with the applicable application installed. If a  
problem occurs with the primary Ethernet connection and the optional Ethernet  
daughter card is installed on the server, all Ethernet traffic that is associated with  
the primary connection is automatically switched to the optional redundant  
Ethernet daughter card connection. If the applicable device drivers are installed,  
this switching occurs without data loss and without user intervention.  
v Redundant cooling and power capabilities  
The server supports three hot-swap fans, which provide redundant cooling.  
Redundant cooling enables continued operation if one of the fans fails. The  
server supports up to two 675-watt ac power supplies, which provide redundancy  
and hot-swap capability for a typical configuration. If the maximum load on the  
server is less than 675 watts and a problem occurs with one of the power  
supplies, the other power supply can meet the power requirements.  
v RAID support  
The server supports an internal RAID SAS Controller, which is required for you to  
use the hot-swap hard disk drives and to create redundant array of independent  
disks (RAID) configurations.  
v TCP/IP offload engine (TOE) support  
The Ethernet controllers in the server support TOE, which is a technology that  
offloads the TCP/IP flow from the microprocessors and I/O subsystem to increase  
the speed of the TCP/IP flow. When an operating system that supports TOE is  
running on the server and TOE is enabled, the server supports TOE operation.  
See the operating-system documentation for information about enabling TOE.  
Note: As of the date of this document, the Linux® operating system does not  
support TOE.  
Chapter 3. General information 17  
Specifications  
The following information is a summary of the features and specifications of the  
server. Depending on the server model, some features might not be available, or  
some specifications might not apply.  
Racks are marked in vertical increments of 4.45 cm (1.75 inches). Each increment  
is referred to as a unit, or “U.” A 1-U-high device is 1.75 inches tall.  
Notes:  
1. Power consumption and heat output vary depending on the number and type of  
optional features that are installed and the power-management optional features  
that are in use.  
2. The sound levels were measured in controlled acoustical environments  
according to the procedures specified by the American National Standards  
Institute (ANSI) S12.10 and ISO 7779 and are reported in accordance with ISO  
9296. Actual sound-pressure levels in a given location might exceed the  
average values stated because of room reflections and other nearby noise  
sources. The declared sound-power levels indicate an upper limit, below which  
a large number of computers will operate.  
18 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Table 1. Features and specifications  
Microprocessor:  
v
Hot-swap fans:  
Three. Provide redundant cooling.  
Video controller:  
Dual Core or Quad Core Intel® Xeon,  
with integrated memory controller and  
Quick Path Interconnect (QPI)  
architecture  
v
v
v
Matrox G200 video on system board  
Compatible with SVGA and VGA  
8 MB DDR2 SDRAM video memory  
Hot-swap power supplies:  
675 watts (100 - 240 V ac)  
v
Minimum: One  
Maximum: Two - provide redundant  
power  
RAID controller:  
v
v
v
Designed for XBGA 1366 socket  
Scalable up to four cores  
32 KB instruction cache, 32 KB data  
cache, and 8 MB cache that is shared  
among the cores  
v
v
v
ServeRAID-BR10i SAS/SATA Controller  
that supports RAID levels 0, 1, 1E  
(standard)  
Size (2 U):  
v
Height: 85.2 mm (3.346 in.)  
Depth: EIA flange to rear - 698 mm  
(27.480 in.), Overall - 729 mm (28.701  
in.)  
Upgradeable to ServeRAID-MR10i  
SAS/SATA Controller, which supports  
RAID levels 0, 1, 5, 6, 10, 50, 60  
v
v
Support for up to two microprocessors  
Support for Intel Extended Memory 64  
Technology (EM64T)  
v
Note: The RAID controllers are installed in  
a PCI Express x8 mechanical slot (x4  
electrical); however, the controllers run at x4  
bandwidth.  
v
v
Width: With top cover - 443.6 mm  
(17.465 in.), With front bezel - 482.0  
mm (18.976 in.)  
Weight: approximately 21.09 kg (46.5  
lb) to 29.03 kg (64 lb) depending upon  
configuration  
Note:  
v
Use the Setup utility to determine the  
type and speed of the microprocessors.  
v
For a list of supported microprocessors,  
Environment:  
v
Air temperature:  
Server on: 10° to 35°C (50.0° to  
95.0°F); altitude: 0 to 3050 m (10006  
ft). Decrease system temperature by  
0.75°C for every 1000-foot increase in  
altitude.  
Memory:  
Integrated functions:  
v
Sixteen DIMM connectors (eight per  
microprocessor)  
v
Integrated Management Module (IMM),  
which provides service processor  
control and monitoring functions, video  
controller, and (when the optional  
virtual media key is installed) remote  
keyboard, video, mouse, and remote  
hard disk drive capabilities  
v
Minimum: 1 GB DIMM per  
microprocessor  
Server off: 5° to 45°C (41.0° to  
113.0°F); maximum altitude: 3050 m  
(10006 ft)  
Shipment: -40° to +60°C (-40° to  
140°F); maximum altitude: 2133 m  
(7000 ft)  
v
v
Maximum: 96 GB  
Type: Registered ECC double-data-rate  
3 (DDR3) -800, -1066, and -1033  
DIMMs only (PC3–10600R-999,  
PC3–8500R-777)  
v
Dedicated or shared management  
network connections  
v
Sizes:  
v
v
Six-port Serial ATA (SATA) controller  
Serial over LAN (SOL) and serial  
redirection over Telnet or Secure Shell  
(SSH)  
v
Humidity:  
1 GB single-rank, 2 GB single-rank or  
dual-rank, 4 GB dual-rank  
Server on: 20% to 80%  
Server off: 8% to 80%  
Shipment: 5% to 100%  
(PC3–10600R-999)  
8 GB quad-rank (PC3–8500R-777)  
v
v
v
One systems-management RJ-45 for  
connection to a dedicated  
systems-management network  
Support for remote management  
presence through an optional virtual  
media key  
One Broadcom dual-port 10/100/1000  
Ethernet controller with TCP/IP Offload  
Engine (TOE) support (second identical  
Ethernet controller on an optional  
internal adapter card)  
Acoustical noise emissions:  
Drives:  
v
Declared sound power, idle: 6.3 bel  
Declared sound power, operating: 6.5 bel  
CD/DVD: SATA interface 24x CD-RW/ 8x  
DVD combination  
v
Heat output:  
Approximate heat output in British thermal  
units (Btu) per hour:  
Expansion bays:  
Eight 2.5-inch SAS hot-swap hard disk  
drive bays with option to add 4 more  
2.5-inch SAS hot-swap hard disk drive  
bays  
v
Minimum configuration: 307 Btu per hour  
(194 watts)  
v
Maximum configuration: 2662 Btu per  
hour (675 watts)  
v
v
One serial port, shared with the  
Integrated Management Module (IMM)  
Four Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports  
(two on front, two on rear of server),  
v2.0 supporting v1.1, plus one or more  
dedicated internal USB ports on the  
SAS riser card  
Expansion slots:  
v
Two PCI Express riser cards with two  
PCI Express x8 slots (x8 lanes) each,  
standard  
Electrical input with hot-swap ac power  
supplies:  
v
v
v
Sine-wave input (50-60 Hz) required  
Input voltage range automatically selected  
Input voltage low range:  
v
Support for the following optional riser  
cards:  
One PCI Express x16 slot (x16  
lanes)  
v
v
Two video ports (one on front and one  
on rear of server)  
Note: Maximum video resolution 1600  
x 1200 at 60Hz  
One SATA tape connector, one USB  
tape connector, and one tape power  
connector on SAS riser card (some  
models)  
Minimum: 100 V ac  
Maximum: 240 V ac  
v
v
Input voltage high range:  
Minimum: 200 V ac  
Maximum: 240 V ac  
Input kilovolt-amperes (kVA)  
approximately:  
Minimum: 0.12 kVA  
Maximum: 0.78 kVA  
Note: In messages and documentation,  
the term service processor refers to the  
Integrated Management Module (IMM)  
Chapter 3. General information 19  
 
Software  
Lenovo provides software to help get your server up and running.  
EasyStartup  
The ThinkServer EasyStartup program simplifies the process of your RAID  
controller and installing supported Windows® and Linux operating systems and  
device drivers on your server.TheEasyStartup program is provided with your server  
on DVD. The DVD is self starting (bootable). The User Guide for the EasyStartup  
program is on the DVD and can be accessed directly from the program’s interface.  
EasyManage  
The ThinkServer EasyManage Core Server provides centralized hardware and  
software inventory management and secure automated system management  
through a centralized console. The ThinkServer EasyManage Agent enables other  
clients on the network to be managed by the centralized console. The ThinkServer  
EasyManage Core Server is supported on 32-bit Windows Server 2003 and 32-bit  
Windows Server 2008 products. TheThinkServer EasyManage Agent is supported  
on 32-bit and 64-bit Windows, Red Hat, and SUSE operating systems.  
20 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Chapter 4. General Checkout  
You can solve many problems without outside assistance by following the  
troubleshooting procedures in this Hardware Maintenance Manual and on the  
Lenovo Web site. This document describes the diagnostic tests that you can  
perform, troubleshooting procedures, and explanations of error messages and error  
codes. The documentation that comes with your operating system and software  
also contains troubleshooting information.  
Diagnosing a problem  
Before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider, follow these  
procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with  
your server:  
1. Determine what has changed.  
Determine whether any of the following items were added, removed, replaced,  
or updated before the problem occurred:  
v UEFI  
v Device drivers  
v Firmware  
v Hardware components  
v Software  
If possible, return the server to the condition it was in before the problem  
occurred.  
2. Collect data.  
Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardware and software  
problems.  
a. Document error codes and system-board LEDs.  
v System error codes: See the Installation and User Guide for information  
about a specific error code.  
v See the Installation and User Guide for the location of the system-board  
LEDs.  
v Software or operating-system error codes: See the documentation for  
the software or operating system for information about a specific error  
code. See the manufacturer’s Web site for documentation.  
v Light path diagnostics LEDs: See the Installation and User Guide for  
information about LEDs that are lit.  
b. Collect system data.  
Run Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostics program to collect  
information about the hardware, firmware, software, and operating system.  
Have this information available when you contact Lenovo or an approved  
warranty service provider. See http://www.lenovo.com/support for the  
instructions to run the DSA Preboot program.  
If you need to download the latest version of DSA Preboot, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support or complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
21  
 
2) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
3) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
For information about DSA command-line options, go to:  
3. Follow the problem-resolution procedures.  
The four problem-resolution procedures are presented in the order in which they  
are most likely to solve your problem. Follow these procedures in the order in  
which they are presented:  
a. Check for and apply code updates.  
Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actually  
caused by the UEFI firmware (formerly BIOS firmware), device firmware, or  
device drivers that are not at the latest levels.  
1) Determine the existing code levels.  
In DSA, click Firmware/VPD to view system firmware levels, or click  
Software to view operating-system levels.  
2) Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level.  
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or  
coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution,  
verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution  
before you update the code.  
To display a list of available updates for your server, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver or complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The  
actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
b) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or  
select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
c) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
d) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
When you click an update, an information page is displayed, including a  
list of the problems that the update fixes. Review this list for your  
specific problem; however, even if your problem is not listed, installing  
the update might solve the problem.  
b. Check for and correct an incorrect configuration.  
If the server is incorrectly configured, a system function can fail to work  
when you enable it; if you make an incorrect change to the server  
configuration, a system function that has been enabled can stop working.  
1) Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported.  
See http://www.lenovo.com/support to verify that the server supports the  
installed operating system, optional devices, and software levels. If any  
hardware or software component is not supported, uninstall it to  
determine whether it is causing the problem. You must remove  
nonsupported hardware before you contact Lenovo or an approved  
warranty service provider for support.  
2) Make sure that the server, operating system, and software are  
installed and configured correctly.  
22 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal  
cables or incorrectly seated adapters. You might be able to solve the  
problem by turning off the server, reconnecting cables, reseating  
adapters, and turning the server back on. See the Installation and User  
Guide for the instructions to perform the checkout procedures.  
If the problem is associated with a specific function (for example, if a  
RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array), see the  
documentation for the associated controller and management or  
controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured.  
Problem determination information is available for many devices such as  
RAID and network adapters.  
For problems with operating systems or Lenovo software or devices,  
complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The  
actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
a) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or  
select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
b) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
c) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
d) Click User’s guides and manuals for documentation.  
c. Lenovo Hints and Tips document known problems and suggested  
solutions.  
To search for hints and tips, complete the following steps (the actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document):  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site.  
2) Select Servers and Storage from the Product list.  
3) From the Family list, select ThinkServer RD210 and click Continue.  
4) Click on Hints and Tips.  
d. Check for and replace defective hardware.  
If a hardware component is not operating within specifications, it can cause  
unpredictable results. Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in  
a system or operating-system log. Hardware errors are also indicated by  
light path diagnostics LEDs. See the Installation and User Guide for more  
information.  
Troubleshooting procedures are also provided on the Lenovo Web site. A  
single problem might cause multiple symptoms. Follow the diagnostic  
procedure for the most obvious symptom. If that procedure does not  
diagnose the problem, use the procedure for another symptom, if possible.  
To locate troubleshooting procedures for your server, complete the following  
steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
2) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
Chapter 4. General Checkout 23  
3) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4) Click on Troubleshooting.  
For more troubleshooting information, see the Installation and User Guide.  
If the problem remains, contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service  
provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible  
hardware replacement. To open an online service request, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support. Be prepared to provide information about  
any error codes and collected data.  
Undocumented problems  
If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains, the  
problem might not have been previously identified by Lenovo. After you have  
verified that all code is at the latest level, all hardware and software configurations  
are valid, and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware  
component failure, contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for  
assistance. To open an online service request, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.  
Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and  
the problem determination procedures that you have used.  
24 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Chapter 5. Diagnostics  
Diagnosing a problem  
Before you contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider, follow these  
procedures in the order in which they are presented to diagnose a problem with  
your server:  
1. Determine what has changed.  
Determine whether any of the following items were added, removed, replaced,  
or updated before the problem occurred:  
v UEFI  
v Device drivers  
v Firmware  
v Hardware components  
v Software  
If possible, return the server to the condition it was in before the problem  
occurred.  
2. Collect data.  
Thorough data collection is necessary for diagnosing hardware and software  
problems.  
a. Document error codes and system-board LEDs.  
v System error codes: See the Installation and User Guide for information  
about a specific error code.  
v See the Installation and User Guide for the location of the system-board  
LEDs.  
v Software or operating-system error codes: See the documentation for  
the software or operating system for information about a specific error  
code. See the manufacturer’s Web site for documentation.  
v Light path diagnostics LEDs: See the Installation and User Guide for  
information about LEDs that are lit.  
b. Collect system data.  
Run Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) Preboot diagnostics program to collect  
information about the hardware, firmware, software, and operating system.  
Have this information available when you contact Lenovo or an approved  
warranty service provider. See http://www.lenovo.com/support for the  
instructions to run the DSA Preboot program.  
If you need to download the latest version of DSA Preboot, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support or complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
2) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
3) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
For information about DSA command-line options, go to:  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
25  
 
3. Follow the problem-resolution procedures.  
The four problem-resolution procedures are presented in the order in which they  
are most likely to solve your problem. Follow these procedures in the order in  
which they are presented:  
a. Check for and apply code updates.  
Most problems that appear to be caused by faulty hardware are actually  
caused by the UEFI firmware (formerly BIOS firmware), device firmware, or  
device drivers that are not at the latest levels.  
1) Determine the existing code levels.  
In DSA, click Firmware/VPD to view system firmware levels, or click  
Software to view operating-system levels.  
2) Download and install updates of code that is not at the latest level.  
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or  
coordinated code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution,  
verify that the latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution  
before you update the code.  
To display a list of available updates for your server, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver or complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The  
actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
b) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or  
select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
c) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
d) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
When you click an update, an information page is displayed, including a  
list of the problems that the update fixes. Review this list for your  
specific problem; however, even if your problem is not listed, installing  
the update might solve the problem.  
b. Check for and correct an incorrect configuration.  
If the server is incorrectly configured, a system function can fail to work  
when you enable it; if you make an incorrect change to the server  
configuration, a system function that has been enabled can stop working.  
1) Make sure that all installed hardware and software are supported.  
See http://www.lenovo.com/support to verify that the server supports the  
installed operating system, optional devices, and software levels. If any  
hardware or software component is not supported, uninstall it to  
determine whether it is causing the problem. You must remove  
nonsupported hardware before you contact Lenovo or an approved  
warranty service provider for support.  
2) Make sure that the server, operating system, and software are  
installed and configured correctly.  
Many configuration problems are caused by loose power or signal  
cables or incorrectly seated adapters. You might be able to solve the  
problem by turning off the server, reconnecting cables, reseating  
adapters, and turning the server back on. See the Installation and User  
Guide for the instructions to perform the checkout procedures.  
If the problem is associated with a specific function (for example, if a  
RAID hard disk drive is marked offline in the RAID array), see the  
26 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
documentation for the associated controller and management or  
controlling software to verify that the controller is correctly configured.  
Problem determination information is available for many devices such as  
RAID and network adapters.  
For problems with operating systems or Lenovo software or devices,  
complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The  
actual procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
a) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or  
select Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
b) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
c) Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
d) Click User’s guides and manuals for documentation.  
c. Lenovo Hints and Tips document known problems and suggested  
solutions.  
To search for hints and tips, complete the following steps (the actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document):  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site.  
2) Select Servers and Storage from the Product list.  
3) From the Family list, select ThinkServer RD210 and click Continue.  
4) Click on Hints and Tips.  
d. Check for and replace defective hardware.  
If a hardware component is not operating within specifications, it can cause  
unpredictable results. Most hardware failures are reported as error codes in  
a system or operating-system log. Hardware errors are also indicated by  
light path diagnostics LEDs. See the Installation and User Guide for more  
information.  
Troubleshooting procedures are also provided on the Lenovo Web site. A  
single problem might cause multiple symptoms. Follow the diagnostic  
procedure for the most obvious symptom. If that procedure does not  
diagnose the problem, use the procedure for another symptom, if possible.  
To locate troubleshooting procedures for your server, complete the following  
steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this  
document.  
2) Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select  
Servers and Storage from the Select your product list.  
3) From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4) Click on Troubleshooting.  
For more troubleshooting information, see the Installation and User Guide.  
If the problem remains, contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service  
provider for assistance with additional problem determination and possible  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 27  
hardware replacement. To open an online service request, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/support. Be prepared to provide information about  
any error codes and collected data.  
Undocumented problems  
If you have completed the diagnostic procedure and the problem remains, the  
problem might not have been previously identified by Lenovo. After you have  
verified that all code is at the latest level, all hardware and software configurations  
are valid, and no light path diagnostics LEDs or log entries indicate a hardware  
component failure, contact Lenovo or an approved warranty service provider for  
assistance. To open an online service request, go to http://www.lenovo.com/support.  
Be prepared to provide information about any error codes and collected data and  
the problem determination procedures that you have used.  
Diagnostic tools  
The following tools are available to help you diagnose and solve hardware-related  
problems:  
v Troubleshooting tables  
These tables list problem symptoms and actions to correct the problems.  
v Light path diagnostics  
Use the light path diagnostics to diagnose system errors quickly.  
v Preboot Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) diagnostic programs  
The Preboot DSA diagnostic programs provide problem isolation, configuration  
analysis, and error log collection. The diagnostic programs are the primary  
method of testing the major components of the server and are stored in  
integrated USB memory. The diagnostic programs collect the following  
information about the server:  
– System configuration  
– Network interfaces and settings  
– Installed hardware  
– Light path diagnostics status  
– Service processor status and configuration  
– Vital product data, firmware, and UEFI configuration  
– Hard disk drive health  
– RAID controller configuration  
– ServeRAID controller and service processor event logs, including:  
- System error logs  
- Temperature, voltage, and fan speed information  
- Tape drive presence and read/write test results  
- Systems management analysis and reporting technology (SMART) data  
- USB information  
-
monitor configuration information  
- PCI slot information  
The diagnostic programs create a merged log that includes events from all  
collected logs. The information is collected into a file that you can send to the  
Lenovo Support Center. Additionally, you can view the server information locally  
through a generated text report file. You can also copy the log to removable  
media and view the log from a Web browser. See “Running the diagnostic  
programs” on page 54 for more information.  
v Checkpoint codes  
28 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Checkpoint codes track the progress of POST routines at system startup or  
reset. Checkpoint codes are shown on the checkpoint display, which is on the  
light path diagnostics panel. See “Checkpoint codes” on page 41 for more  
information.  
POST  
When you turn on the server, it performs a series of tests to check the operation of  
the server components and some optional devices in the server. This series of tests  
is called the power-on self-test, or POST.  
If a power-on password is set, you must type the password and press Enter, when  
prompted, for POST to run.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 29  
 
Error logs  
The POST error log contains the three most recent error codes and messages that  
were generated during POST. The RMM system event log contains monitored  
events, such as a threshold that is reached or a device that fails. The system  
event/error log contains messages that were generated during POST and all system  
status messages from the service processor.  
The following illustration shows an example of a RMM system event log entry.  
RMM System Event Log  
----------------------------------------------------------  
Get Next Entry  
Get Previous Entry  
Clear BMC SEL  
Entry Number=  
Record ID=  
00005 / 00011  
0005  
Record Type=  
Timestamp=  
Entry Details:  
02  
2005/01/25 16:15:17  
Generator ID= 0020  
Sensor Type= 04  
Assertion Event  
Fan  
Threshold  
Lower Non-critical - going high  
Sensor Number= 40  
Event Direction/Type= 01  
Event Data= 52 00 1A  
The RMM system event log is limited in size. When the log is full, new entries will  
not overwrite existing entries; therefore, you must periodically clear the RMM  
system event log through the Server Configuration and Boot Management program.  
When you are troubleshooting an error, be sure to clear the RMM system event log  
so that you can find current errors more easily.  
Entries that are written to the RMM system event log during the early phase of  
POST show an incorrect date and time as the default time stamp; however, the  
date and time are corrected as POST continues.  
Each system event/error log entry appears on its own page. To move from one  
entry to the next, use the up-arrow and down-arrow keys.  
If you view the RMM system event log through the Web interface of the optional  
virtual media key, the messages can be translated.  
You can view the contents of the POST error log, the RMM system event log, and  
the system event/error log from the Server Configuration and Boot Management  
program. You can view the contents of the RMM system event log also from the  
diagnostic programs.  
When you are troubleshooting PCI slots, note that the error logs report the PCI  
buses numerically. The numerical assignments vary depending on the configuration.  
You can check the assignments by running the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program (see the Installation and Users Guide for more information).  
30 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Viewing error logs from the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program  
For complete information about using the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, see the Installation and User’s Guide.  
To view the error logs, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. When the prompt Press F1 to enter Setup appears, press F1. If you have set  
both a power-on password and an administrator password, you must type the  
administrator password to view the error logs.  
3. Use one of the following procedures:  
v To view the POST error log, select Event/Error Logs, and then select POST  
Error Log.  
v To view the BMC system event log, select Advanced Setup --> Baseboard  
Management Controller (BMC) Setting --> System Event Log.  
v To view the combined system event/error log and POST error log, select  
Event/Error logs, and then select System Event/Error Log.  
Viewing the RMM system event log from the diagnostic  
programs  
The RMM system event log contains the same information, whether it is viewed  
from the Server Configuration and Boot Management program or from the  
diagnostic programs.  
For information about using the diagnostic programs, see “Running the diagnostic  
To view the RMM system event log, complete the following steps:  
1. If the server is running, turn off the server and all attached devices.  
2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the server.  
3. When the prompt F2 for Diagnostics appears, press F2. If you have set both a  
power-on password and an administrator password, you must type the  
administrator password to run the diagnostic programs.  
4. From the top of the screen, select Hardware Info.  
5. From the list, select RMM Log.  
Clearing the error logs  
For complete information about using the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, see the Installation and User’s Guide.  
To clear the error logs, complete the following steps:  
1. Turn on the server.  
2. When the prompt Press F1 to enter Setup appears, press F1. If you have set  
both a power-on password and an administrator password, you must type the  
administrator password to view the error logs.  
3. Use one of the following procedures:  
v To clear the RMM system event log, select Advanced Setup --> Baseboard  
Management Controller (BMC) Setting--> BMC System Event Log. Select  
Clear BMC SEL.  
v To clear the system event/error log, if one is present, or the POST error log,  
select Event/Error Logs, and then select Post Error Log or System  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 31  
Event/Error Log. When any log entry is displayed, press Enter (Clear xxxx  
log is highlighted on each entry page, where xxxx is the name of the log that  
you are viewing).  
Note: The POST error log is automatically cleared with each system restart.  
POST error codes  
The following table describes the POST error codes and suggested actions to  
correct the detected problems.  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
062  
Three consecutive boot failures using the  
default configuration.  
1. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, save the configuration,  
and restart the server.  
2. Update the system firmware to the latest level.  
(see the information in Installation and User  
Guide).  
3. Reseat the following components, one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
101, 102  
106  
System and processor error.  
System and processor error.  
Real-time clock error.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the system  
board.  
(Trained service technician only) Replace the system  
board.  
151  
1. Reseat the battery.  
2. Clear CMOS memory. See “System-board  
information about how to clear CMOS memory.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
32 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
161  
Real-time clock battery error.  
1. Reseat the battery.  
2. Clear CMOS memory. See “System-board  
information about how to clear CMOS memory.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
162  
Device configuration error.  
1. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, select Load Default  
Settings, and save the settings.  
2. Reseat the following components, one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. Failing device (if the device is a FRU, then it  
must be reseated by a trained service  
technician only)  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. Failing device (if the device is a FRU, then it  
must be replaced by a trained service  
technician only)  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
163  
Real-time clock error. (time of day not set)  
1. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, select Load Default  
Settings, make sure that the date and time are  
correct, and save the settings.  
2. Reseat the battery.  
3. Clear CMOS memory. See “System-board  
information about how to clear CMOS memory.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 33  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
184  
Power-on password damaged.  
1. Restart the server and enter the administrator  
password; then, run the Server Configuration and  
Boot Management program, select Load Default  
Settings, and save the settings.  
2. Reseat the battery.  
3. Clear CMOS memory. See “System-board  
information about how to clear CMOS memory.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Battery  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
187  
VPD serial number not set.  
1. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program, set the serial number, and  
save the configuration.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
189  
289  
An attempt was made to access the server Restart the server and enter the administrator  
with an incorrect password.  
password; then, run the Server Configuration and  
Boot Management program and change the power-on  
password.  
A DIMM has been disabled by the user or  
by the system.  
1. If the DIMM was disabled by the user, run the  
Server Configuration and Boot Management  
program and enable the DIMM.  
2. Make sure that the DIMM is installed correctly  
3. Reseat the DIMM.  
4. Replace the DIMM.  
301  
Keyboard or keyboard controller error.  
1. Reseat the keyboard cable in the USB connector.  
2. Move the keyboard cable to a different USB  
connector.  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Keyboard  
b. (Only if the problem occurred with a front USB  
connector) Internal USB cable.  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
34 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
303  
Keyboard controller error.  
1. Reseat the keyboard cable in the USB connector.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Keyboard  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1600  
178x  
Service processor not functioning.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
system board.  
Fixed disk error.  
Note: x is the drive that has the error  
1. Run the hard disk drive diagnostics tests on drive  
x.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Cable from the system board to the backplane  
3. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Cable from the system board to the backplane  
c. Hard disk drive backplane  
d. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1800  
Unavailable PCI hardware interrupt.  
1. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program and adjust the adapter  
settings.  
2. Remove each adapter one at a time, restarting  
the server each time, until the problem is isolated.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 35  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1801  
An adapter has requested memory  
resources that are not available  
1. If possible, rearrange the order of the adapters in  
the PCI slots, to change the load order of the  
optional-device ROM code.  
Note: The server can allocate only 128 KB  
of optional-device load space (option ROM  
space); error code 1801 occurs if the load  
space required by an optional-device ROM  
when loading exceeds the available  
(remaining) load space. Changing the  
optional-device load order can cause an  
optional-device ROM that requires more  
load space to load sooner, when more load  
space is available; the other optional-device  
ROMs might still fit in the remaining load  
space. With some optional devices, some or  
all of the load space used is released after  
the ROM code loads and initializes the  
optional device.  
2. Server Configuration and Boot Management  
program, select Startup Options, and change the  
boot sequence, to change the load order of the  
optional-device ROM code.  
3. Run the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program and disable some other  
resources, if their functions are not being used, to  
make more space available.  
v Select Startup Options then Planar Ethernet  
(PXE/DHCP) to disable the onboard Ethernet  
controller ROM.  
v Select Advanced Functions, then PCI Bus  
Control, then PCI ROM Control Execution to  
disable the ROM of adapters in the PCI slots.  
v Select Devices and I/O Ports to disable any of  
the onboard devices.  
4. If the problem remains, replace the following  
components one at a time, in the order shown,  
restarting the server each time:  
a. Each adapter  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1805  
PCI option ROM checksum error.  
1. Remove the failing adapter.  
2. Reseat each adapter (all PCI slots).  
3. Reseat the riser card.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Each adapter  
b. Riser card  
c. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
1810  
PCI error.  
1. Reseat all adapters.  
2. Reseat the riser card.  
3. Remove both adapters from the riser card.  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Riser card  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
36 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
1962  
A hard disk drive does not contain a valid  
boot sector.  
1. Make sure that a startable operating system is  
installed.  
2. Run the hard disk drive diagnostic tests.  
3. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive backplane cable  
4. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Cable from hard disk drive backplane to  
system board  
b. Hard disk drive  
c. Hard disk drive backplane  
d. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
8603  
Pointing-device error.  
1. Reseat the pointing device.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Pointing device  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
00012000  
Processor machine check error.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
00019701  
Processor 1 failed BIST.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat the  
microprocessor.  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor  
b. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 37  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Error code  
Description  
Action  
01298001  
No update data for processor 1.  
1. Update the UEFI code again.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
microprocessor.  
01298101  
I9990301  
Bad update data for processor 1.  
Hard disk drive boot sector error.  
1. Update the UEFI code again.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the  
microprocessor.  
1. Reseat the following components:  
a. Hard disk drive  
b. Hard disk drive backplane cable  
2. Replace the following components one at a time,  
in the order shown, restarting the server each  
time:  
a. Hard disk drive backplane cable  
b. Hard disk drive  
c. Hard disk drive backplane  
d. (Trained service technician only) System  
board  
I9990305  
I9990650  
Operating system not found.  
Power has been restored.  
Run the Server Configuration and Boot Management  
program to make sure that a bootable operating  
system is installed on one or more devices that are  
listed in the boot order.  
1. Check the power cables.  
2. Check for interruption of the power supply.  
38 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Checkout procedure  
The checkout procedure is the sequence of tasks that you should follow to  
diagnose a problem in the server.  
About the checkout procedure  
Before performing the checkout procedure for diagnosing hardware problems,  
review the following information:  
v Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
v The diagnostic programs provide the primary methods of testing the major  
components of the server, such as the system board, Ethernet controller,  
keyboard, mouse (pointing device), serial ports, and hard disk drives. You can  
also use them to test some external devices. If you are not sure whether a  
problem is caused by the hardware or by the software, you can use the  
diagnostic programs to confirm that the hardware is working correctly.  
v When you run the diagnostic programs, a single problem might cause more than  
one error message. When this happens, correct the cause of the first error  
message. The other error messages usually will not occur the next time you run  
the diagnostic programs.  
Exception: If there are multiple error codes or LEDs that indicate a  
microprocessor error, the error might be in the microprocessor or in  
the microprocessor socket. See “Solving Microprocessor problems”  
on page 144 for information about diagnosing microprocessor  
problems.  
v Before running the diagnostic programs, you must determine whether the failing  
server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster (two or more servers sharing  
external storage devices). If it is part of a cluster, you can run all diagnostic  
programs except the ones that test the storage unit (that is, a hard disk drive in  
the storage unit) or the storage adapter that is attached to the storage unit. The  
failing server might be part of a cluster if any of the following conditions is true:  
You have identified the failing server as part of a cluster (two or more servers  
sharing external storage devices).  
– One or more external storage units are attached to the failing server and at  
least one of the attached storage units is also attached to another server or  
unidentifiable device.  
– One or more servers are located near the failing server.  
Important: If the server is part of a shared hard disk drive cluster, run one test  
at a time. Do not run any suite of tests, such as “quick” or “normal”  
tests, because this might enable the hard disk drive diagnostic tests.  
v If the server is halted and a POST error code is displayed, see “Error logs” on  
v For information about power-supply problems, see “Solving power problems” on  
v For intermittent problems, check the error log; see “Error logs” on page 30 and  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 39  
 
Performing the checkout procedure  
To perform the checkout procedure, complete the following steps:  
1. Is the server part of a cluster?  
v No: Go to step 2.  
v Yes: Shut down all failing servers that are related to the cluster. Go to step 2.  
2. Complete the following steps:  
a. Check the power supply LEDs, see “Power-supply LEDs” on page 50.  
b. Turn off the server and all external devices.  
c. Check all internal and external devices for compatibility at  
d. Make sure the server is cabled correctly.  
e. Check all cables and power cords.  
f. Set all display controls to the middle positions.  
g. Turn on all external devices.  
h. Turn on the server.  
i. Check the system-error LED on the operator information panel. If it is  
flashing, check the light path diagnostics LEDs.  
j. Check for the following results:  
v Successful completion of POST (see “POST” on page 29 for more  
information).  
v Successful completion of startup, which is indicated by a readable display  
of the operating-system desktop.  
40 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Checkpoint codes  
A checkpoint code is a value produced by the UEFI indicating the point at which the  
system stopped during startup and Power-On Self Test (POST); it does not provide  
error codes or suggest replacement components. These codes may be used for  
more in-depth troubleshooting by Lenovo support.  
Checkpoint codes are shown on the checkpoint code display on the light path  
diagnostics panel (see “Light path diagnostics LEDs” on page 44 for the location of  
the display area). By using the checkpoint display, you do not have to wait for the  
video to initialize each time you restart the server.  
The following table describes the microprocessor checkpoint codes.  
Table 2. Microprocessor Checkpoint Codes  
Diagnostic Code  
0010001  
Description  
Microprocessor disabled  
Microprocessor not supported  
Microprocessor invalid  
Invalid microprocessor type  
Microprocessor mismatch  
Microprocessor failed BIST  
Microcode update failed  
0010002  
0010004  
0011000  
0011002  
0011004  
001100A  
There are two types of checkpoint codes: field programmable gate array (FPGA)  
hardware checkpoint codes and UEFI checkpoint codes. The UEFI checkpoint  
codes might change because of code sequence and timing changes or when the  
UEFI code is updated. See http://www.lenovo.com/supportfor checkpoint code  
information.  
Light path diagnostics  
Light path diagnostics is a system of LEDs on various external and internal  
components of the server. When an error occurs, LEDs are lit throughout the  
server. By viewing the LEDs in a particular order, you can often identify the source  
of the error.  
When LEDs are lit to indicate an error, they remain lit when the server is turned off,  
provided that the server is still connected to power and the power supply is  
operating correctly.  
Before working inside the server to view light path diagnostics LEDs, read the  
safety information that begins on page 3.  
If an error occurs, view the light path diagnostics LEDs in the following order:  
1. Look at the operator information panel on the front of the server.  
v If the information LED is lit, it indicates that information about a suboptimal  
condition in the server is available in the RMM system event log or in the  
system event/error log.  
v If the system-error LED is lit, it indicates that an error has occurred; go to  
The following illustration shows the operator information panel.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 41  
 
2. To view the light path diagnostics panel, slide the latch to the left on the front of  
the operator information panel and pull the panel forward. This reveals the light  
path diagnostics panel. Lit LEDs on this panel indicate the type of error that has  
occurred.  
The following illustration shows the light path diagnostics panel.  
Note any LEDs that are lit, and then push the light path diagnostics panel back  
into the server.  
Look at the system service label on the top of the server, which gives an  
overview of internal components that correspond to the LEDs on the light path  
diagnostics panel. This information and the information in “Light path diagnostics  
LEDs” on page 44 can often provide enough information to diagnose the error.  
3. Remove the server cover and look inside the server for lit LEDs. A lit LED on or  
beside a component identifies the component that is causing the error.  
The following illustration shows the LEDs on the system board.  
42 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
12v channel error LEDs indicate an overcurrent condition. Table 4 on page 143  
identifies the components associated with each power channel, and the order in  
which to troubleshoot the components.  
The following illustration shows the LEDs on the riser card.  
PCI Slot 2 error LED  
PCI Slot 1 error LED  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 43  
Remind button  
You can use the remind button on the light path diagnostics panel to put the  
system-error LED on the operator information panel into Remind mode. When you  
press the remind button, you acknowledge the error but indicate that you will not  
take immediate action. The system-error LED flashes while it is in Remind mode  
and stays in Remind mode until one of the following conditions occurs:  
v All known errors are corrected.  
v The server is restarted.  
v A new error occurs, causing the system-error LED to be lit again.  
Light path diagnostics LEDs  
The following table describes the LEDs on the light path diagnostics panel and  
suggested actions to correct the detected problems.  
Note: Check the system event/error log and BMC system event log for additional  
information before replacing a FRU.  
LED  
Problem  
Action  
None, but An error has occurred and cannot be  
Use the Server Configuration and Boot Management program  
diagnosed, or the RMM has failed. The to check the system error log for information about the error.  
error is not represented by a light path  
the  
System  
Error LED diagnostics LED.  
is lit.  
OVER  
SPEC  
The server was shut down due to a  
1. If any of the 12v power channel error LEDs (A, B, C, D, E,  
or 240v AUX) on the system board are lit also, see the  
entries about power-channel error LEDs in “Solving power  
50 for the location of the power channel error LEDs.)  
power supply overload condition on one  
of the power channels. The power  
supplies are using more power than  
their maximum rating.  
2. Check the power supply LEDs for an error indication (AC  
LED and DC LED are not both lit, or the information LED is  
lit). Replace a failing power supply.  
3. Remove optional devices from the server.  
See the system log for details about the error.  
LOG  
An error message has been written to  
the system log  
LINK  
PS  
Reserved.  
A power supply has failed.  
1. Check the power supply LEDs for an error indication (AC  
LED and DC LED are not both lit).  
2. Make sure that the failing power supply is correctly seated.  
3. Replace the failed power supply.  
PCI  
An error has occurred on a PCI bus or 1. Check the LEDs on the PCI slots to identify the component  
on the system board. An additional LED  
will be lit next to a failing PCI slot.  
that is causing the error.  
2. Check the system-error log for information about the error.  
3. If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs  
and the information in the system-error log, remove one  
adapter at a time from the failing PCI bus, and restart the  
server after each adapter is removed.  
4. Call for service.  
SP  
The service processor (the RMM) has  
failed.  
1. Remove power from the server; then, reconnect the server  
to power and restart the server.  
2. Update the firmware on the RMM.  
3. Call for service  
44 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
LED  
Problem  
Action  
FAN  
A fan has failed, is operating too slowly, Replace the failing fan, which is indicated by a lit LED near the  
or has been removed. The TEMP LED fan connector on the system board.  
might also be lit.  
Note: If an LED that is next to an unused fan connector on the  
system board is lit, a PCI riser-card assembly might be missing:  
replace the PCI riser-card assembly. Both PCI riser-card  
assemblies must always be present.  
TEMP  
The system temperature has exceeded 1. Check the error log to identify where the over-temperature  
a threshold level. A failing fan can  
cause the TEMP LED to be lit.  
condition was measured. If a fan has failed, replace it.  
2. Make sure that the room temperature is not too high. See  
information.  
3. Make sure that the air vents are not blocked.  
4. Call for service.  
MEM  
NMI  
A memory error has occurred.  
Replace the failing DIMM, which is indicated by the lit LED on  
the system board.  
A non-maskable interrupt has occurred, Check the system-error log for information about the error.  
or the NMI button has been pressed.  
CNFG  
A hardware configuration error has  
occurred.  
1. Check the microprocessors that were just installed to make  
sure that they are compatible with each other (see the  
Installation and User Guide).  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace an incompatible  
microprocessor.  
3. Check the system-error logs for information about the error.  
Replace any components that are indicated.  
CPU  
A microprocessor has failed.  
1. Make sure that the failing microprocessor, which is indicated  
by a lit LED on the system board, is installed correctly. See  
information about installing a microprocessor.  
2. Make sure that the ServeRAID SAS controller is installed  
and correctly seated. Make sure that the battery for the  
ServeRAID SAS controller is installed correctly.  
3. Call for service.  
VRM  
Reserved.  
DASD  
A hard disk drive error has occurred. A  
hard disk drive has failed or is missing.  
1. Check the LEDs on the hard disk drives and replace the  
indicated drive.  
2. Reseat the hard disk drive backplane cables.  
3. Remove and reinstall the hard disk drive backplanes.  
4. Call for service.  
RAID  
A RAID controller error has occurred.  
1. Make sure that a RAID controller is installed.  
Note: The server will not start without a RAID controller  
installed.  
2. Check the system-error log for information about the error.  
3. Reseat the RAID controller.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 45  
LED  
Problem  
Action  
BRD  
An error has occurred on the system  
board.  
1. Check the LEDs on the system board to identify the  
component that is causing the error. The BRD LED can be  
lit for the following conditions:  
v Battery  
v Missing PCI riser-card assembly  
v Failed voltage regulator  
2. Check the system-error log for information about the error.  
3. Replace any failed or missing replaceable components,  
such as the battery or PCI riser-card assembly.  
4. If a voltage regulator has failed, replace the system board.  
EasyLED diagnostics panel  
The EasyLED diagnostics panel is located on the top of the operator information  
panel.  
To access the diagnostics panel, slide the blue release button on the operator  
information panel to the left. Pull forward on the operator panel until the hinge of the  
panel is free of the server chassis. Then pull down on the operator panel, so that  
you can view the diagnostics panel information.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Operator information panel  
Diagnostic LEDs  
Release latch  
The following illustration shows the controls and LEDs on the diagnostics panel.  
Note: Diagnostics LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power.  
46 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
A checkpoint code (See checkpoint code display ꢀ1ꢁ) is either a byte or a word  
value produced by UEFI and sent to the I/O port indicating the point at which the  
system stopped during the boot block and Power-On Self Test (POST). It does not  
provide error codes or suggest replacement components. These codes can be used  
by Lenovo Support for more in depth troubleshooting.  
v Remind button: This button places the system-error LED on the front panel into  
Remind mode. In Remind mode, the system-error LED flashes once every 2  
seconds until the problem is corrected, the system is restarted, or a new problem  
occurs.  
By placing the system-error LED indicator in Remind mode, you acknowledge  
that you are aware of the last failure but will not take immediate action to correct  
the problem. The remind function is controlled by the IMM.  
v NMI button: Press this button to force a nonmaskable interrupt to the  
microprocessor, if directed to do so by service and support.  
v Check-point code display: During POST, this display indicates server firmware  
progress. The display does not provide error codes or suggest components to be  
replaced. Checkpoint codes can be used by Lenovo Support for further  
troubleshooting. See the Hardware Maintenance Manual for more information  
about checkpoint codes.  
There are two types of checkpoint codes: field programmable gate array (FPGA)  
hardware checkpoint codes and UEFI checkpoint codes. The UEFI checkpoint  
codes might change because of code sequence and timing changes or when the  
server firmware is updated.  
v Reset button: Press this button to reset the server and run the power-on  
self-test (POST). You might have to use a pen or the end of a straightened paper  
clip to press the button. The reset button is in the lower right-hand corner of the  
diagnostics panel.  
For more information about EasyLED diagnostics, see the Hardware Maintenance  
Manual.  
The following table lists the LEDs on the EasyLED diagnostics panel and suggested  
actions to solve the detected problems.  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
LED  
Description  
Action  
None, but An error has occurred and cannot be  
Use the Setup utility to check the system-event log for  
information about the error.  
the  
diagnosed, or the IMM has failed. The  
error is not represented by an EasyLED  
system-  
error LED diagnostics LED.  
is lit.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 47  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
LED  
Description  
Action  
OVER  
SPEC  
The server was shut down due to a  
power-supply overload condition on one  
of the power channels. The power  
supplies are using more power than the  
maximum rating.  
1. If any of the 12v power channel error LEDs (A, B, C, D, E,  
or AUX) on the system board are lit also, see “Solving  
on page 50 for the location of the power channel error  
LEDs.)  
2. Check the power supply LEDs for an error indication (AC  
LED and DC LED are not both lit, or the power-supply error  
LED is lit). Swap power supplies 1 and 2 with each other.  
v If the error follows the power supply, replace the failed  
power supply.  
v If the error remains with the power bay, (trained service  
technician only) replace the system board.  
3. Remove optional devices from the server.  
LOG  
An error message has been written to  
the system-event log  
Check the IMM system event log and the system-error log for  
information about the error. Replace any components that are  
identified in the error logs.  
LINK  
PS  
Reserved.  
A power supply has failed.  
1. Check the power supply LEDs for an error indication (AC  
LED and DC LED are not both lit). See “Power-supply  
LEDs” on page 50 for more information.  
2. Make sure that the failing power supply is correctly seated.  
3. Replace the failed power supply.  
PCI  
An error has occurred on a PCI bus or 1. Check the LEDs on the PCI slots to identify the component  
on the system board. An additional LED  
will be lit next to a failing PCI slot.  
that is causing the error.  
2. Check the system-event log for information about the error.  
3. If you cannot isolate the failing adapter through the LEDs  
and the information in the system-event log, remove one  
adapter at a time from the failing PCI bus, and restart the  
server after each adapter is removed.  
4. Call for service.  
SP™  
The service processor (the IMM) has  
failed.  
1. Remove power from the server; then, reconnect the server  
to power and restart the server.  
2. Update the firmware on the IMM.  
3. Call for service  
FAN  
A fan has failed, is operating too slowly, Replace the failing fan, which is indicated by a lit LED near the  
or has been removed. The TEMP LED fan connector on the system board.  
might also be lit.  
TEMP  
The system temperature has exceeded 1. Check the error log to identify where the over-temperature  
a threshold level. A failing fan can  
cause the TEMP LED to be lit.  
condition was measured. If a fan has failed, replace it.  
2. Make sure that the room temperature is not too high. See  
Table 1 on page 19 for temperature information.  
3. Make sure that the air vents are not blocked.  
4. Call for service.  
48 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
LED  
Description  
Action  
MEM  
When only the MEM LED is lit, a  
memory error has occurred.  
1. Determine whether the CNFG LED is also lit. If it is, run the  
memory test exerciser to isolate the problem (see Hardware  
Maintenance Manual for more information).  
When the MEM and CNFG LEDs are  
lit, the memory configuration is not  
valid.  
a. If the test reports that a memory error has occurred,  
replace the failing DIMM, which is indicated by the lit  
LED on the system board.  
b. If the test reports the memory configuration is invalid,  
repopulate the DIMMs to a supported configuration.  
2. If the CNFG LED is not lit, one of the following conditions  
should be present:  
v The server did not boot and a failing DIMM LED is lit.  
a. Check for a PFA log event in the System Event Log  
(SEL)  
b. Reseat the DIMM.  
c. If the problem remains, move the DIMM to a different  
slot.  
1) If the DIMM LED lights up on the system board  
that corresponds to this new DIMM socket,  
replace the DIMM.  
2) If the DIMM LED lights up on the system board  
that corresponds to the original DIMM socket,  
replace the system board (trained service  
technician only).  
v The server booted and the failing DIMM is disabled and  
the LED is lit.  
a. If the LEDs are lit by two DIMMs, check the System  
Event Log for PFA on one of the DIMMs, then replace  
that DIMM. Otherwise, replace both DIMMs.  
b. If the LED is lit by only one DIMM, replace that  
DIMM.  
c. Re-enable the DIMM sockets in the server firmware  
settings.  
NMI  
A nonmaskable interrupt has occurred, Check the system-event log for information about the error.  
or the NMI button has been pressed.  
CNFG  
A hardware configuration error has  
occurred. (This LED is used with the  
MEM and the CPU LEDs.)  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 49  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
LED  
Description  
Action  
CPU  
When only the CPU LED is lit, a  
microprocessor has failed.  
1. Determine whether the CNFG LED is also lit. If the CNFG  
LED is not lit, a microprocessor has failed.  
a. Make sure that the failing microprocessor, which is  
indicated by a lit LED on the system board, is installed  
correctly. See the Hardware Maintenance Manual for  
information about installing a microprocessor.  
When the CPU and CNFG LEDs are lit,  
the microprocessor configuration is not  
valid.  
b. If the failure remains, call service.  
2. If the CNFG LED is lit, then an invalid microprocessor  
configuration has occurred.  
a. Make sure that the microprocessors are compatible with  
each other. They must match in speed and cache size.  
To compare the microprocessor information, run the  
Setup utility and select System Information, then select  
System Summary, and then select Processor Details.  
b. (Trained service technician only) Replace an  
incompatible microprocessor.  
c. If the failure remains, call for service.  
VRM  
Reserved.  
DASD  
A hard disk drive error has occurred. A  
hard disk drive has failed or is missing.  
1. Check the LEDs on the hard disk drives for the drive with a  
lit status LED and reseat the hard disk drive.  
2. Reseat the hard disk drive backplane.  
3. Remove and reinstall the hard disk drive backplanes.  
4. Replace the hard disk drive backplane for the failing drive or  
drives.  
5. Call for service.  
RAID  
BRD  
Reserved  
An error has occurred on the system  
board.  
1. Check the LEDs on the system board to identify the  
component that is causing the error.  
2. Check the system-event log for information about the error.  
3. Replace any failed or missing replaceable components,  
such as the battery or PCI riser-card assembly.  
4. If a voltage regulator has failed, replace the system board.  
Power-supply LEDs  
The following minimum configuration is required for the DC LED on the power  
supply to be lit:  
v Power supply  
v Power cord  
The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start:  
v One microprocessor  
v One 1 GB DIMM per microprocessor on the system board  
v One power supply  
50 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
The following illustration shows the locations of the power-supply LEDs.  
The following table describes the problems that are indicated by various  
combinations of the ac power-supply LEDs and the power-on LED on the operator  
information panel and suggested actions to correct the detected problems.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 51  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Power-supply LEDs  
AC  
DC  
Error  
Off  
Description  
Action  
Notes  
Off  
Off  
No ac power to  
the server or a  
problem with the  
ac power source.  
Normal condition  
when no ac power is  
present.  
1. Check the ac power to the server.  
2. Make sure that the power cord is  
connected to a functioning power  
source.  
Off  
Off  
On  
No ac power to  
the server or a  
problem with the  
ac power source  
and the power  
supply had  
This only happens  
when a second  
power supply is  
providing power to  
the server.  
1. Replace the power supply.  
2. Make sure that the power cord is  
connected to a functioning power  
source.  
detected an  
internal problem.  
Off  
Off  
On  
On  
On  
Off  
Off  
On  
Off  
Faulty power  
supply  
Replace the power supply.  
Replace the power supply.  
Faulty power  
supply  
Power supply not  
fully seated,  
faulty system  
board, or faulty  
power supply  
Typically indicates a  
power supply is not  
fully seated.  
1. Reseat the power supply.  
2. If the 240V Failure LED on the system  
board is lit, have the system board  
replaced.  
3. If the 240V Failure LED on the system  
board is not lit, replace the power  
supply.  
On  
Off  
On  
Faulty power  
supply  
Replace the power supply.  
On  
On  
On  
On  
Off  
On  
Normal operation  
Power supply is  
faulty but still  
operational  
Replace the power supply.  
Server power features  
When the server is connected to a power source but is not turned on, the operating  
system does not run, and all core logic except for the Integrated Management  
Module (IMM) is shut down; however, the server can respond to requests from the  
IMM, such as a remote request to turn on the server. The power-on LED flashes to  
indicate that the server is connected to power but is not turned on.  
Turning on the server  
Approximately 3 minutes after the server is connected to power, the power-control  
button becomes active, and one or more fans might start running to provide cooling  
while the server is connected to power. You can turn on the server and start the  
52 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
operating system by pressing the power-control button. If a power failure occurs  
while the server is turned on, the server will restart automatically when power is  
restored.  
For 32-bit operating systems only: Some memory is reserved for various system  
resources and is unavailable to the operating system. The amount of memory that  
is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system, the  
configuration of the server, and the configured PCI options.  
Turning off the server  
When you turn off the server and leave it connected to power, the server can  
respond to requests from the IMM, such as a remote request to turn on the server.  
While the server remains connected to power, one or more fans might continue to  
run. To remove all power from the server, you must disconnect it from the power  
source.  
Important: To view the error LEDs on the system board, leave the server  
connected to a power source.  
Some operating systems require an orderly shutdown before you turn off the server.  
See your operating-system documentation for information about shutting down the  
operating system.  
Statement 5:  
CAUTION:  
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power  
supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device. The device  
also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current  
from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power  
source.  
2
1
The server can be turned off in any of the following ways:  
v You can turn off the server from the operating system, if your operating system  
supports this feature. After an orderly shutdown of the operating system, the  
server will be turned off automatically.  
v You can press the power-control button to start an orderly shutdown of the  
operating system and turn off the server, if your operating system supports this  
feature.  
v If the operating system stops functioning, you can press and hold the  
power-control button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the server.  
v The IMM can turn off the server as an automatic response to a critical system  
failure.  
v You can turn off the server through a request from the IMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 53  
 
Diagnostic programs, messages, and error codes  
The diagnostic programs are the primary method of testing the major components  
of the server. As you run the diagnostic programs, text messages are displayed on  
the screen and are saved in the test log. A diagnostic text message indicates that a  
problem has been detected and provides the action you should take as a result of  
the text message.  
Make sure that the server has the latest version of the diagnostic programs. To  
download the latest version, complete the following steps.  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
and Storage from the Select your product list.  
3. From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
Utilities are available to reset and update the code on the integrated USB flash  
device, if the diagnostic partition becomes damaged and does not start the  
diagnostic programs. For more information and to download the utilities, go to  
Running the diagnostic programs  
To run the diagnostic programs, complete the following steps:  
1. If the server is running, turn off the server and all attached devices.  
2. Turn on all attached devices; then, turn on the server.  
3. When the prompt Press F2 for Dynamic System Analysis (DSA) is displayed,  
press F2.  
Note: The Preboot DSA diagnostic program might appear to be unresponsive  
for an unusual length of time when you start the program. This is normal  
operation while the program loads.  
4. Optionally, select Exit to DSA to exit from the stand-alone memory diagnostic  
program.  
Note: After you exit from the stand-alone memory diagnostic environment, you  
must restart the server to access the stand-alone memory diagnostic  
environment again.  
5. Select gui to display the graphical user interface, or select cmd to display the  
DSA interactive menu.  
6. Follow the instructions on the screen to select the diagnostic test to run.  
If the diagnostic programs do not detect any hardware errors but the problem  
remains during normal server operations, a software error might be the cause. If  
you suspect a software problem, see the information that comes with your software.  
A single problem might cause more than one error message. When this happens,  
correct the cause of the first error message. The other error messages usually will  
not occur the next time you run the diagnostic programs.  
54 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Exception: If there are multiple error codes or diagnostics LEDs that indicate a  
microprocessor error, the error might be in a microprocessor or in a  
page 144 for information about diagnosing microprocessor problems.  
If the server stops during testing and you cannot continue, restart the server and try  
running the diagnostic programs again. If the problem remains, replace the  
component that was being tested when the server stopped.  
Diagnostic text messages  
Diagnostic text messages are displayed while the tests are running. A diagnostic  
text message contains one of the following results:  
Passed: The test was completed without any errors.  
Failed: The test detected an error.  
Aborted: The test could not proceed because of the server configuration.  
Additional information concerning test failures is available in the extended  
diagnostic results for each test.  
Viewing the test log  
To view the test log when the tests are completed, type the view command in the  
DSA interactive menu, or select Diagnostic Event Log in the graphical user  
interface. To transfer DSA collections to an external USB device, type the copy  
command in the DSA interactive menu.  
Diagnostic messages  
The following table describes the messages that the diagnostic programs might  
generate and suggested actions to correct the detected problems. Follow the  
suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the action column.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 55  
 
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-801-xxx  
CPU  
CPU  
Stress Test  
Aborted  
Internal  
program error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung  
state.  
7. Run the test again.  
(Continued on the next page)  
089-801-xxx  
(continued)  
8. Replace the following components one  
at a time, in the order shown, and run  
this test again to determine whether  
the problem has been solved:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor ( see “Removing a  
9. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
Lenovo service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to  
56 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-802-xxx  
CPU  
CPU  
Stress Test  
Aborted  
System  
resource  
availability  
error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung  
state.  
7. Run the test again.  
8. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
9. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 57  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-802-xxx  
CPU  
CPU  
Stress Test  
Aborted  
System  
resource  
availability  
error.  
10. Replace the following components  
one at a time, in the order shown,  
and run this test again to determine  
whether the problem has been  
solved:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor ( see “Removing  
11. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
089-901-xxx  
CPU  
CPU  
Stress Test  
Failed  
Test failure.  
1. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung  
state.  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the system firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung  
state.  
7. Run the test again.  
(Continued on the next page)  
58 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
089-901-xxx  
(continued)  
8. Replace the following components one  
at a time, in the order shown, and run  
this test again to determine whether  
the problem has been solved:  
a. (Trained service technician only)  
Microprocessor ( see “Removing a  
9. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
166-801-xxx  
RMM  
12C Test  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: the  
RMM returned  
an incorrect  
response  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
length.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 59  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-802-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: the  
test cannot be  
completed for  
an unknown  
reason.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
60 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-803-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: the  
node is busy;  
try later.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 61  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
BMC BMC 12C  
Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-804-xxx  
Aborted  
BMC 12C test  
canceled:  
invalid  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
command.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
62 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-805-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
invalid  
command for  
the given LUN.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 63  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-806-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
timeout while  
processing the  
command.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
64 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-807-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: out  
of space.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 65  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-808-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
reservation  
canceled or  
invalid  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
reservation ID.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
66 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-809-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
request data  
was truncated.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 67  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-810-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
request data  
length is  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
invalid.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
68 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-811-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
request data  
field length limit  
is exceeded.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 69  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-812-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C Test  
canceled a  
parameter is  
out of range.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
70 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-813-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
cannot return  
the number of  
requested data  
bytes.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 71  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-814-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
requested  
sensor, data, or  
record is not  
present.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
72 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-815-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
invalid data  
field in the  
request.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 73  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-816-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: the  
command is  
illegal for the  
specified  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
sensor or  
record type.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
74 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-817-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
provided.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 75  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-818-xxx  
Aborted  
IMM 12C test  
canceled:  
cannot execute  
a duplicated  
request.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
76 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-819-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be  
provided; the  
SDR repository  
is in update  
mode.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
166-820-xxx  
RMM  
12C Test  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be  
provided; the  
device is in  
firmware  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
update mode.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level.  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 77  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-821-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: a  
command  
response could  
not be  
provided; RMM  
initialization is  
in progress.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
78 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-822-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled: the  
destination is  
unavailable.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 79  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-823-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
cannot execute  
the command;  
insufficient  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
privilege level.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
80 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-824-xxx  
Aborted  
RMM 12C test  
canceled:  
cannot execute  
the command.  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 81  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-901-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
H8 bus (Bus  
0).  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your  
system to display a matrix of  
available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Remove power from the system.  
8. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
9. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
10. Run the test again.  
82 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-902-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
light path bus.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
diagnostic event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your  
system to display a matrix of  
available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Disconnect the system from the  
power source.  
8. Reseat the light path card.  
9. Reconnect the system to the power  
source.  
10. Run the test again.  
11. Disconnect the system from the  
power source.  
12. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
13. Reconnect the system to the power  
source.  
14. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 83  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-903-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
DIMM bus (Bus  
2).  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA diagnostic  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
h. Replace the DIMMs one by one and  
test after each replacement.  
i. Reconnect the system to the power  
source.  
j. Run the test again.  
k. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
l. Reseat all the DIMMs.  
m. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
n. Reconnect the system to the power  
source.  
o. Run the test again.  
84 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-904-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
power supply  
bus (Bus 3).h  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
diagnostic code, go to  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
h. Reseat the power supply backplane.  
i. Reconnect the system to the power  
source.  
j. Run the test again.  
k. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
l. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
m. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
n. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 85  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM I2C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-905-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
HDD bus (Bus  
4).  
a. Ignore the error if the hard disk drive  
backplane is not installed.  
b. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
c. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
d. Run the test again.  
e. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
f. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA diagnostic  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
g. Run the test again.  
h. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
i. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
j. Run the test again.  
86 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-906-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory  
configuration  
bus (Bus 5).  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA diagnostic  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Disconnect the system from the power  
source.  
h. (Trained service technician only)  
Reseat the system board.  
i. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
j. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 87  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-907-xxx  
Failed  
The IMM  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
power  
backplane bus.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Remove power from the system.  
h. Reseat all connections to the power  
backplane.  
i. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
j. Run the test again.  
88 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-908-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
microprocessor  
bus.  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 89  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-909-xxx  
Failed  
The IMM  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
hard disk drive  
bus.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Remove power from the system.  
h. Reseat all connections in the hard disk  
subsystem, which can include hard  
disk drives, SCSI or SAS cables, a  
hard disk backplane, and a hard disk  
drive or RAID controller.  
i. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
j. Run the test again  
90 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-910-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
PCIe and light  
path  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
diagnostics  
bus.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. Remove power from the system.  
h. Check the operator information panel  
cabling at both ends for loose or  
broken connections or damage to the  
cable. Replace the operator  
information panel cable if it is  
damaged.  
i. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
j. Run the test again  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 91  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-911-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory bus.  
b. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
c. Run the test again.  
d. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
e. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
f. Run the test again.  
g. If the reported memory size is the  
same as the installed memory size,  
complete the following steps.  
1) Turn off the system and disconnect  
it from the power source.  
2) Reseat all the memory DIMMs  
3) Reconnect the system to the  
power source and turn on the  
system.  
4) Run the test again.  
5) If the problem remains, continue  
with the next step.  
92 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-911-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
8. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory bus.  
9. Remove all DIMMs (see “Removing a  
10. Install the minimum memory  
configuration for the system . To  
determine the minimum memory  
configuration for your system, see  
11. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
12. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
13. Run the test again. If the memory  
passes the test, one of the  
uninstalled DIMMs is the failing  
component.  
14. Repeat the steps to remove all  
DIMMs as necessary, using different  
DIMMs to isolate the failing  
component. Change only one  
component each time to identify the  
specific cause of the error.  
15. Replace the failing DIMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 93  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-915-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 1  
SPD bus.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the reported memory size is the  
same as the installed memory size,  
complete the following steps.  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect  
it from the power source.  
b. Reseat all the memory DIMMs  
c. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
d. Run the test again.  
e. If the problem remains, continue  
with the next step.  
8. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
9. Remove all DIMMs.  
94 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-915-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
10. Install the minimum memory  
configuration for the system (see  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 1  
SPD bus.  
the minimum memory configuration  
for your system, see “Features and  
11. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
12. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
13. Run the test again. If the memory  
passes the test, one of the  
uninstalled DIMMs is the failing  
component.  
14. Repeat the steps to remove all  
DIMMs as necessary, using different  
DIMMs to isolate the failing  
component. Change only one  
component each time to identify the  
specific cause of the error.  
15. Replace the failing DIMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 95  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-916-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 2  
SPD bus.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the reported memory size is the  
same as the installed memory size,  
complete the following steps.  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect  
it from the power source.  
b. Reseat all the memory DIMMs  
c. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
d. Run the test again.  
e. If the problem remains, continue  
with the next step.  
8. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
9. Remove all DIMMs.  
96 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-916-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
10. Install the minimum memory  
configuration for the system (see  
determine the minimum memory  
configuration for your system, see  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 2  
SPD bus.  
11. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
12. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
13. Run the test again. If the memory  
passes the test, one of the  
uninstalled DIMMs is the failing  
component.  
14. Repeat the steps to remove all  
DIMMs as necessary, using different  
DIMMs to isolate the failing  
component. Change only one  
component each time to identify the  
specific cause of the error.  
15. Replace the failing DIMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 97  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-917-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 3  
SPD bus.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the reported memory size is the  
same as the installed memory size,  
complete the following steps.  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect  
it from the power source.  
b. Reseat all the memory DIMMs  
c. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
d. Run the test again.  
e. If the problem remains, continue  
with the next step.  
8. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
9. Remove all DIMMs.  
98 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-917-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
10. Install the minimum memory  
configuration for the system (see  
determine the minimum memory  
configuration for your system, see  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 3  
SPD bus.  
11. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
12. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
13. Run the test again. If the memory  
passes the test, one of the  
uninstalled memory cards or DIMMs  
is the failing component.  
14. Repeat the steps to remove all  
memory cards and DIMMs as  
necessary, using different memory  
cards and DIMMs to isolate the failing  
component. Change only one  
component each time to identify the  
specific cause of the error.  
15. Replace the failing memory card or  
DIMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 99  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-918-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 4  
SPD bus.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. If the reported memory size is the  
same as the installed memory size,  
complete the following steps.  
a. Turn off the system and disconnect  
it from the power source.  
b. Reseat all the memory DIMMs  
c. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
d. Run the test again.  
e. If the problem remains, continue  
with the next step.  
8. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
9. Remove all memory cards and DIMMs.  
100 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-918-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
10. Install the minimum memory  
configuration for the system (see  
determine the minimum memory  
configuration for your system, see  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 4  
SPD bus.  
11. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
12. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
13. Run the test again. If the memory  
passes the test, one of the  
uninstalled DIMMs is the failing  
component.  
14. Repeat the steps to remove all  
DIMMs as necessary, using different  
DIMMs to isolate the failing  
component. Change only one  
component each time to identify the  
specific cause of the error.  
15. Replace the failing DIMM.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 101  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-919-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 1  
light path  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
diagnostics  
bus.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
8. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
9. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
10. If the problem remains, replace the  
memory card in memory-card  
connector 1.  
102 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-920-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 2  
light path  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the RMM.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
diagnostics  
bus.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
8. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
9. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 103  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-921-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 3  
light path  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
diagnostics  
bus.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the BMC firmware is at  
the latest level. The installed firmware  
level is shown in the DSA event log in  
the Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your system  
to display a matrix of available  
firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
8. If the problem remains, replace the  
memory card in memory-card  
connector 3.  
104 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
RMM 12C Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
166-922-xxx  
Failed  
The RMM  
indicates a  
failure in the  
memory card 4  
light path  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source. You must  
disconnect the system from ac power  
to reset the BMC.  
2. After 45 seconds, reconnect the  
system to the power source and turn  
on the system.  
diagnostics  
bus.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
5. Make sure that the RMM firmware is  
at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
8. Reconnect the system to the power  
source and turn on the system.  
9. Make sure that the reported memory  
size is the same as the installed  
memory size.  
10. If the problem remains, replace the  
memory card in memory-card  
connector 4.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 105  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
180-901-xxx  
Check-point Check-  
Failed  
1. Check the operator information panel  
cabling at both ends for loose or  
broken connections or damage to the  
cable. Replace the operator  
information panel cable if it is  
damaged.  
panel  
point panel  
test  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the operator information panel  
4. Run the test again.  
201-801-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the system  
UEFI  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
programmed  
the memory  
controller with  
an invalid  
CBAR address  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
106 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-802-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the end  
address in the  
E820 function  
is less than 16  
MB.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that all DIMMs are enabled  
in the Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program (see the  
information in Installation and User  
Guide).  
4. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
201-803-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
could not  
enable the  
processor  
cache.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
201-804-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the memory  
controller buffer  
request failed.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 107  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-805-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Memory  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the memory  
controller  
display/alter  
write operation  
was not  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
Test  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
completed.  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
201-806-xxx  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the memory  
controller fast  
scrub operation  
was not  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
completed.  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
201-807-xxx  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
the memory  
controller buffer  
free request  
failed.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
108 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-808-xxx  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
memory  
controller  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
Test  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
display/alter  
buffer execute  
error.  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
201-809-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Test  
Aborted  
Test canceled  
program error:  
operation  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
running fast  
scrub.  
4. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 109  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-810-xxx  
Aborted  
Test canceled:  
unknown error  
code xxx  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
received in  
COMMONEXIT  
procedure.  
4. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
5. Run the test again.  
110 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-901-xxx  
Failed  
Test failure:  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
single-bit error,  
failing bank x,  
failing DIMM z.  
2. Reseat DIMM z (see “Removing a  
3. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
5. Make sure that the system UEFI  
code is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in  
the DSA event log in the  
Firmware/VPD section for this  
component. For the latest level of  
firmware, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
MIGR-4JTS2T and select your  
system to display a matrix of  
available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the failing DIMMs.  
8. Re-enable all memory in the Server  
Configuration and Boot Management  
program.  
9. Run the test again.  
10. Replace the failing memory card .  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 111  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
201-902-xxx  
Failed  
Test failure:  
1. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from the power source.  
single-bit and  
multi-bit error,  
failing bank x,  
failing DIMM z  
2. Reseat DIMM z (see “Removing a  
3. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
4. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
5. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the failing DIMMs.  
8. Re-enable all memory in the Server  
Configuration and Boot Management  
program (see the information in  
Installation and User Guide).  
9. Run the test again.  
112 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-801-xxx  
Aborted  
Internal  
program error.  
1. Turn off and restart the system.  
Stress Test  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Make sure that the system UEFI code  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD section  
for this component. For the latest level  
of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Turn off and restart the system if  
necessary to recover from a hung  
state.  
6. Run the memory diagnostics to identify  
the specific failing DIMM.  
202-802-xxx  
Memory  
Memory  
Stress Test  
Failed  
General error:  
memory size is  
insufficient to  
run the test.  
1. Make sure that all memory is enabled  
by checking the Available System  
Memory in the Resource Utilization  
section of the DSA event log. If  
necessary, enable all memory in the  
Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program.  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Run the standard memory test to  
validate all memory.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 113  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
Memory Memory  
Stress Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
202-901-xxx  
Failed  
Test failure.  
1. Run the standard memory test to  
validate all memory.  
2. Make sure that the DSA code is at the  
latest level. For the latest level of DSA  
3. Turn off the system and disconnect it  
from power.  
4. Reseat the DIMMs (see “Removing a  
5. Reconnect the system to power and  
turn on the system.  
6. Run the test again.  
114 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-801-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Aborted  
Unable to  
v Verify  
1. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
communicate  
with the device  
driver.  
Media  
Installed  
v Read/  
Write  
Test  
2. Run the test again.  
v Self-Test  
3. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Make sure that the system firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
10. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 115  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-802-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Aborted  
The media tray  
is open.  
v Verify  
1. Close the media tray and wait 15  
seconds.  
Media  
Installed  
2. Run the test again.  
v Read/  
3. Insert a new CD or DVD into the  
drive and wait for 15 seconds for the  
media to be recognized.  
Write  
Test  
v Self-Test  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
8. Run the test again.  
9. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
10. Run the test again.  
11. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
12. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
116 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-803-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Failed  
The disc might  
be in use by  
the system.  
v Verify  
1. Wait for the system activity to stop.  
2. Run the test again  
Media  
Installed  
3. Turn off and restart the system.  
4. Run the test again.  
v Read/  
Write  
Test  
5. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
v Self-Test  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
6. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
215-901-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Aborted  
Drive media is  
not detected.  
v Verify  
Media  
1. Insert a CD or DVD into the drive or  
try a new media, and wait for 15  
seconds.  
Installed  
v Read/  
Write  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
Test  
v Self-Test  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
8. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 117  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-902-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Failed  
Read  
miscompare.  
v Verify  
1. Insert a CD or DVD into the drive or  
try a new media, and wait for 15  
seconds.  
Media  
Installed  
v Read/  
2. Run the test again.  
Write  
Test  
3. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
v Self-Test  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
8. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
118 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-903-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Aborted  
Could not  
access the  
drive.  
v Verify  
1. Insert a CD or DVD into the drive or  
try a new media, and wait for 15  
seconds.  
Media  
Installed  
v Read/  
2. Run the test again.  
Write  
Test  
3. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
v Self-Test  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
8. Run the test again.  
9. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
10. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 119  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
215-904-xxx  
Optical Drive  
Failed  
A read error  
occurred.  
v Verify  
1. Insert a CD or DVD into the drive or  
try a new media, and wait for 15  
seconds.  
Media  
Installed  
v Read/  
2. Run the test again.  
Write  
Test  
3. Check the drive cabling at both ends  
for loose or broken connections or  
damage to the cable. Replace the  
cable if it is damaged.  
v Self-Test  
Messages  
and actions  
apply to all  
three tests.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. For additional troubleshooting  
information, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Replace the CD or DVD drive (see  
8. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
120 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
Tape drive test Presence  
Failed  
An error was  
found in the  
tape alert log  
page.  
1. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and insert  
new media.  
(Error  
Messages  
Test Self Test  
Load Tape  
apply to results Test Tape  
of any of the 4 Alert Check  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Clear the error log.  
4. Run the test again.  
tests)  
Test  
5. Make sure that the drive firmware is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
drive firmware and software for tape  
drives and libraries, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Note the tape alert flag that is returned  
in the tape alert log. See Tape alert  
8. Replace the tape drive if a hardware  
failure is indicated.  
9. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 121  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
Media is not  
detected.  
1. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and insert  
new media.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Clear the error log.  
4. Make sure that the drive firmware is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
drive firmware and software for tape  
drives and libraries, go to  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Replace the tape drive.  
7. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Failed  
Media error.  
1. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and insert  
new media.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the drive firmware is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
drive firmware and software for tape  
drives and libraries, go to  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Replace the tape drive.  
6. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
122 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
Failed  
Drive hardware  
error.  
1. Check the tape drive cabling for loose  
or broken connections or damage to  
the cable. Replace the cable if it is  
damaged.  
2. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and insert  
new media.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the drive firmware is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
drive firmware and software for tape  
drives and libraries, go to  
5. Run the test again.  
6. Replace the tape drive.  
7. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 123  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
Software error:  
invalid request.  
1. If the system has stopped  
responding, turn off and restart the  
system.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the system firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
4. Run the test again.  
5. If the system has stopped  
responding, turn off and restart the  
system.  
6. Make sure that the drive firmware is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of drive firmware and software for  
tape drives and libraries, go to  
7. Run the test again.  
8. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and  
insert new media.  
9. Replace the tape drive.  
10. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
124 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
Unrecognzed  
error.  
1. Clean the tape drive, using the  
appropriate cleaning media, and  
insert new media.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Make sure that the drive firmware is  
at the latest level. For the latest level  
of drive firmware and software for  
tape drives and libraries, go to  
4. Run the test again.  
5. Make sure that the DSA code is at  
the latest level. For the latest level of  
DSA code, go to  
6. Run the test again.  
7. Make sure that the system firmware  
is at the latest level. The installed  
firmware level is shown in the DSA  
event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
8. Run the test again.  
9. Replace the tape drive.  
10. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 125  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
217-901-xxx  
SAS/SATA  
Hard Drive  
Disk Drive Failed  
Test  
1. Reseat all backplane connections at  
both ends.  
2. Reseat all the drives (see “Removing a  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Make sure that the firmware is at the  
latest level.  
5. Run the test again.  
6. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
405-901-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test  
Control  
Registers  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
4. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
126 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-901-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test MII  
Registers  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
4. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 127  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-902-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test  
EEPROM  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
4. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
128 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-903-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test  
Internal  
Memory  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the interrupt assignments in the  
PCI Hardware section of the DSA  
event log. If the Ethernet device is  
sharing interrupts, if possible, use the  
Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program to assign a  
unique interrupt to the device.  
4. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
5. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 129  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-904-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test  
Interrupt  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Check the interrupt assignments in the  
PCI Hardware section of the DSA  
event log. If the Ethernet device is  
sharing interrupts, if possible, use the  
Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program to assign a  
unique interrupt to the device.  
4. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
5. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
130 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-906-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test Loop  
Failed  
1. Check the Ethernet cable for damage  
and make sure that the cable type and  
connection are correct.  
back at  
Physical  
Layer  
2. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
3. Run the test again.  
4. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
5. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 131  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-906-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test Loop  
back at  
MAC  
Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
-Layer  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
4. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
132 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 3. DSA diagnostic messages (continued)  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Message  
number  
Component Test  
State  
Description  
Action  
405-907-xxx  
BroadCom  
Ethernet  
Device  
Test LEDs Failed  
1. Make sure that the component  
firmware is at the latest level. The  
installed firmware level is shown in the  
DSA event log in the Firmware/VPD  
section for this component. For the  
latest level of firmware, go to  
and select your system to display a  
matrix of available firmware.  
2. Run the test again.  
3. Replace the component that is causing  
the error. If the error is caused by an  
adapter, replace the adapter (see  
page 180). Check the PCI Information  
and Network Settings information in  
the DSA event log to determine the  
physical location of the failing  
component.  
4. If the failure remains, collect the data  
from the DSA event log and send it to  
IBM Service. For information about  
contacting and sending data to IBM  
Service, go to http://www.ibm.com/  
Tape alert flags  
Tape alert flags are numbered 1 through 64 and indicate a specific media-changer  
error condition. Each tape alert is returned as an individual log parameter, and its  
state is indicated in bit 0 of the 1-byte Parameter Value field of the log parameter.  
When this bit is set to 1, the alert is active.  
Each tape alert flag has one of the following severity levels:  
C - Critical  
W - Warning  
I - Information  
Different tape drives support some or all of the following flags in the tape alert log:  
Flag 2: Library Hardware B (W) This flag is set when an unrecoverable  
mechanical error occurs.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 133  
 
Flag 4: Library Hardware D (C) This flag is set when the tape drive fails the  
power-on self-test or a mechanical error occurs that requires a power cycle to  
recover. This flag is internally cleared when the drive is powered-off.  
Flag 13: Library Pick Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry count  
threshold is passed during an operation to pick a cartridge from a slot before the  
operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another pick operation  
is attempted.  
Flag 14: Library Place Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry count  
threshold is passed during an operation to place a cartridge back into a slot  
before the operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another place  
operation is attempted.  
Flag 15: Library Load Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry count  
threshold is passed during an operation to load a cartridge into a drive before  
the operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another load  
operation is attempted. Note that if the load operation fails because of a media  
or drive problem, the drive sets the applicable tape alert flags.  
Flag 16: Library Door (C) This flag is set when media move operations cannot  
be performed because a door is open. This flag is internally cleared when the  
door is closed.  
Flag 23: Library Scan Retry (W) This flag is set when a high retry count  
threshold is passed during an operation to scan the bar code on a cartridge  
before the operation succeeds. This flag is internally cleared when another bar  
code scanning operation is attempted.  
Recovering the UEFI code  
If the UEFI code has become damaged, such as from a power failure during an  
update, you can recover the uEFI code using the boot block jumper and a UEFI  
recovery diskette.  
Notes:  
1. You can obtain a UEFI recovery diskette from one of the following sources:  
v Download the UEFI code update from the World Wide Web and use it to  
make a recovery diskette.  
v Contact your Lenovo service representative.  
2. To create and use a diskette, you must add an optional external diskette drive to  
the server.  
To download the UEFI code update from the World Wide Web, complete the  
following steps:  
Note: Changes are made periodically to the Lenovo Web site. The actual  
procedure might vary slightly from what is described in this document.  
2. Under Product support, click System x.  
3. Under Popular links, click Software and device drivers.  
4. Click System x3650 M2 to display the matrix of downloadable files for the  
server.  
5. Download the latest UEFI code update.  
6. Create the UEFI recovery diskette, following the instructions that come with the  
update file that you downloaded.  
134 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
The flash memory of the server consists of a primary page and a backup page. The  
backup page is a protected area that cannot be overwritten. If the primary page  
becomes corrupted, the server boots from the backup page, which enables you to  
replace the UEFI code for the primary page.  
To recover the UEFI code and restore the server operation to the primary page,  
complete the following steps:  
1. Turn off the server, and disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
2. Remove the server cover. See “Removing the cover” on page 159 for more  
information.  
3. Locate the UEFI boot recovery jumper block (J29) on the system board.  
4. Move the jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and 3 to enable the UEFI  
recovery mode.  
5. Insert the UEFI recovery diskette into the diskette drive.  
6. Reinstall the server cover; then, reconnect all power cords.  
7. Restart the server. The power-on self test (POST) starts.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 135  
8. Select 1 - Update POST/UEFI from the menu that contains various flash  
update options.  
9. When you are asked whether you want to save the current code to a diskette,  
press N.  
10. When you are asked to choose a language, select a language (from 0 to 7)  
and press Enter.  
11. Remove the UEFI recovery diskette from the diskette drive.  
12. Turn off the server, and disconnect all power cords and external cables; then,  
remove the server cover.  
13. Remove the jumper from the boot block recovery jumper block, or move it to  
pins 1 and 2, to return to normal startup mode.  
14. Reconnect all external cables and power cords, and turn on the peripheral  
devices; then, reinstall the server cover.  
15. Restart the server.  
System event/error log messages  
*** REVIEWERS: what are the event and error messages in Victory? ***  
The system event/error log can contain messages of three types:  
Information  
Information messages do not require action; they record significant  
system-level events, such as when the server is started.  
Warning  
Warning messages do not require immediate action; they indicate  
possible problems, such as when the recommended maximum  
ambient temperature is exceeded.  
Error  
Error messages might require action; they indicate system errors,  
such as when a fan is not detected.  
Each message contains date and time information, and it indicates the source of  
the message (POST/UEFI or the service processor).  
Note: The RMM system event log, which you can view through the Server  
Configuration and Boot Management program, also contains many  
information, warning, and error messages.  
The following table describes the possible system event/error log messages and  
suggested actions to correct the detected problems.  
136 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
Action  
+12v critical over voltage fault  
1. If the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is  
lit, or any of the four power channel error LEDs (A, B, C, or D)  
on the system board are lit, see the entries about  
power-channel error LEDs in “Solving power problems” on  
location of the power channel error LEDs.)  
2. If the actions in “Solving power problems” on page 143 do not  
identify a defective component, complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the power supplies.  
b. Replace the power supplies one at a time, restarting the  
server each time, to isolate a failing power supply.  
c. If the server fails to start, replace the power backplane.  
Restart the server.  
d. If the server fails to start, (trained service technician only)  
replace the system board.  
+12v critical under voltage fault  
1. If the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is  
lit, or any of the four power channel error LEDs (A, B, C, or D)  
on the system board are lit, see the entries about  
power-channel error LEDs in “Solving power problems” on  
location of the power channel error LEDs.)  
2. If the actions in “Solving power problems” on page 143 do not  
identify a defective component, complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the power supplies.  
b. Replace the power supplies one at a time, restarting the  
server each time, to isolate a failing power supply.  
c. If the server fails to start, replace the power backplane.  
Restart the server.  
d. If the server fails to start, (trained service technician only)  
replace the system board.  
12v planar fault  
1. If the OVER SPEC LED on the light path diagnostics panel is  
lit, or any of the four power channel error LEDs (A, B, C, or D)  
on the system board are lit, see the entries about  
power-channel error LEDs in “Solving power problems” on  
location of the power channel error LEDs.)  
2. If the actions in “Solving power problems” on page 143 do not  
identify a defective component, complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the power supplies.  
b. Replace the power supplies one at a time, restarting the  
server each time, to isolate a failing power supply.  
c. If the server fails to start, replace the power backplane.  
Restart the server.  
d. If the server fails to start, (trained service technician only)  
replace the system board.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 137  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
Action  
+5v critical over voltage fault  
1. Remove the following devices, which are powered by 5 volts:  
v All PCI adapters  
v USB devices  
v CD-RW/DVD drive  
v Tape drive, if one is installed  
v Hard disk drive backplane  
2. Reinstall each I/O device removed in step 1, one at a time,  
restarting the server each time, to isolate a defective device.  
Replace any defective device.  
3. If the error continues, replace the power backplane. Restart the  
server.  
4. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
+5v critical under voltage fault  
1. Remove the following devices, which are powered by 5 volts:  
v All PCI adapters  
v USB devices  
v CD-RW/DVD drive  
v Tape drive, if one is installed  
v Hard disk drive backplane  
2. Reinstall each I/O device removed in step 1, one at a time,  
restarting the server each time, to isolate a defective device.  
Replace any defective device.  
3. If the error continues, replace the power backplane. Restart the  
server.  
4. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
5V fault  
1. Remove the following devices, which are powered by 5 volts:  
v All PCI adapters  
v USB devices  
v CD-RW/DVD drive  
v Tape drive, if one is installed  
v Hard disk drive backplane  
2. Reinstall each I/O device removed in step 1, one at a time,  
restarting the server each time, to isolate a defective device.  
Replace any defective device.  
3. If the error continues, replace the power backplane. Restart the  
server.  
4. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
+2.5v critical over voltage fault  
+2.5v critical under voltage fault  
Information only  
Information only  
138 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
+1.8v critical over voltage fault  
+1.8v critical under voltage fault  
Action  
Information only  
Information only  
Replace the battery.  
The system real time clock battery is no longer  
reliable.  
+3.3v critical over voltage fault  
+3.3v critical under voltage fault  
3.3V Bus Fault  
1. Remove all PCI adapters.  
2. Reinstall each PCI adapter, one at a time, restarting the server  
each time, to isolate a defective adapter. Replace any defective  
adapter.  
3. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
1. Remove all PCI adapters.  
2. Reinstall each PCI adapter, one at a time, restarting the server  
each time, to isolate a defective adapter. Replace any defective  
adapter.  
3. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
1. Remove all PCI adapters.  
2. Reinstall each PCI adapter, one at a time, restarting the server  
each time, to isolate a defective adapter. Replace any defective  
adapter.  
3. If the error continues, (trained service technician only) replace  
the system board.  
Power Good Fault  
1. Reseat the power supplies.  
2. If the error continues, replace the power backplane.  
VRM 1 Power Good Fault  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 1.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor 1.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
VRM 2 Power Good Fault  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 2.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor 2.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
VRM 2 is present  
Information only  
VRM 2 is not present  
If microprocessor 2 is installed, (trained service technician only)  
replace the system board.  
Memory Area non-critical over temperature  
warning  
1. Make sure that the fans are operating and are not obstructed.  
2. Make sure that the air baffles are in place and correctly  
installed.  
3. Make sure that the server cover is installed and fully closed.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 139  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
Action  
Memory Area non-recoverable over temperature  
fault  
1. Make sure that the fans are operating and are not obstructed.  
2. Make sure that the air baffles are in place and correctly  
installed.  
3. Make sure that the server cover is installed and fully closed.  
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Fan n Failure  
n = the fan number  
1. Make sure that the connector on the fan is not damaged.  
2. Make sure that the fan connector on the system board is not  
damaged.  
3. Make sure that the fan is fully installed (press down on the  
fan).  
4. Reseat fan n.  
5. Replace fan n.  
Fan n Fault  
n = the fan number  
1. Make sure that the connector on the fan is not damaged.  
2. Make sure that the fan connector on the system board is not  
damaged.  
3. Make sure that the fan is fully installed (press down on the  
fan).  
4. Reseat fan n.  
5. Replace fan n.  
Hard Drive n Fault  
n = the hard disk drive number  
1. Reseat hard disk drive n.  
2. Replace hard disk drive n.  
Hard drive n removal detected.  
Reseat hard disk drive n.  
n = the hard disk drive number  
Power supply n removed  
n = the power supply number  
1. Reseat power supply n.  
2. Replace power supply n.  
3. Replace the power backplane.  
Power supply n fault  
n = the power supply number  
1. If the server power-on LED is lit, perform the following steps:  
a. Reduce the server to the minimum configuration (see  
the minimum configuration).  
b. Reinstall the components you removed, one at a time,  
restarting the server each time.  
c. If the error reoccurs, the component you just reinstalled is  
defective; replace the defective component.  
2. Reseat the following components:  
a. Power supply n  
b. Power backplane  
3. Replace the components listed in step 2, one at a time, in the  
order shown, restarting the server each time.  
140 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
Action  
Power supply n AC power removed  
n = the power supply number  
1. Make sure that the power cords are correctly connected to the  
server and to a working power source.  
2. Replace power supply n.  
3. Replace the power backplane.  
Power supply n fan fault  
n = the power supply number  
1. Make sure that there are no obstructions, such as bundled  
cables, to the airflow on the power-supply fan.  
2. Replace power supply n.  
Power supply current exceeded max spec value  
1. Make sure that two power supplies are installed, and that the  
power cords are correctly connected to the power supplies and  
to a working power source.  
2. Replace the power backplane.  
Front panel NMI  
1. If the MEM LED on the light path diagnostics panel is lit,  
complete the following steps:  
a. Check the other system logs for related entries and actions.  
b. Reinstall the server device drivers.  
c. Reinstall the operating system.  
2. If the error LED for PCI slot 1 or PCI slot 2 on the riser card is  
lit, complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the adapter from the PCI slot that has the lit error  
LED.  
b. If the error continues, replace the riser-card assembly.  
c. (Trained service technician only) If the error continues,  
replace the system board.  
3. If the error LED for PCI slot 3 or PCI slot 4 on the system  
board is lit, complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the adapter from the PCI slot that has the lit error  
LED.  
b. (Trained service technician only) If the error continues,  
replace the system board.  
4. Remove all PCI adapters from the server. (Trained service  
technician only) If the error continues, replace the system  
board.  
Software NMI  
Information only  
CPU n IERR detected, the system has been  
restarted  
n = the microprocessor number  
1. Make sure that you have installed the latest levels of firmware  
and device drivers for all adapters and standard devices, such  
as Ethernet, SCSI, or SAS.  
2. Run the diagnostics programs for the hard disk drives and  
other I/O devices.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor n.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 141  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
determine which components are customer replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field  
replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
System event/error log message  
Action  
CPU n IERR, the CPU has been disabled  
n = the microprocessor number  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor n.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor n.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
CPU n over temperature  
n = the microprocessor number  
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no  
obstructions to the airflow, that the air baffles are in place and  
correctly installed, and that the server cover is installed and  
completely closed.  
2. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed  
correctly.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor n.  
CPU removal detected  
Information only. Take action as appropriate.  
CPU n non-critical over temperature warning  
n = the microprocessor number  
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no  
obstructions to the airflow, that the air baffles are in place and  
correctly installed, and that the server cover is installed and  
completely closed.  
2. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed  
correctly.  
CPU n non-recoverable over temperature fault  
1. Make sure that the fans are operating, that there are no  
obstructions to the airflow, that the air baffles are in place and  
correctly installed, and that the server cover is installed and  
completely closed.  
2. Make sure that the heat sink for microprocessor n is installed  
correctly.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace microprocessor n  
4. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
VRD 1 critical over voltage fault  
VRD 1 critical under voltage fault  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 1.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 1.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
VRD 2 critical over voltage fault  
VRD 2 = VRM  
1. Reseat the VRM.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 2.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
VRD 2 critical under voltage fault  
VRD 2 = VRM  
1. Reseat the VRM.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 2.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
Processor VTT Power Fault.  
1. (Trained service technician only) Reseat microprocessor 1.  
2. (Trained service technician only) Replace the system board.  
142 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Solving power problems  
Power problems can be difficult to solve. For example, a short circuit can exist  
anywhere on any of the power distribution buses. Usually, a short circuit will cause  
the power subsystem to shut down because of an overcurrent condition. To  
diagnose a power problem, use the following general procedure:  
1. Turn off the server and disconnect all power cords.  
2. Check for loose cables in the power subsystem. Also check for short circuits, for  
example, if a loose screw is causing a short circuit on a circuit board.  
3. If a power-channel error LED on the system board is lit, perform the following  
on page 154 for the location of the power-channel error LEDs. Table 4 identifies  
the components associated with each power channel, and the order in which to  
troubleshoot the components.  
a. Disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal and external devices.  
Leave the power-supply cords connected.  
b. Remove each component that is associated with the LED, one at a time, in  
the sequence indicated in Table 4, restarting the server each time, until the  
cause of the overcurrent condition is identified.  
Important: Only a trained service technician should remove or replace a  
FRU, such as a microprocessor or the system board. See Chapter 7, “Parts  
to determine whether a component is a FRU.  
Table 4. Components associated with power-channel error LEDs  
Power-channel  
error LED  
Components  
A
CD/DVD drive (optical drive), fans, hard disk drives, hard disk  
drive backplanes  
B
C
PCI riser-card assembly in PCI connector 1 on the system board,  
DIMMs 1 through 16, microprocessor 2  
Tape drive if one is installed, SAS riser card assembly, DIMMs 1  
through 8, microprocessor 1  
D
E
Microprocessor 1, system board  
Optional PCI video graphics adapter power cable if one is  
installed (connector J154 on the system board), optional PCI  
video graphics adapter if one is installed, PCI riser card assembly  
in PCI connector 2 on the system board, microprocessor 2  
240 V AUX  
All PCI adapters and PCI riser-card assemblies, SAS riser card  
assembly, operator information panel assembly, optional two-port  
Ethernet card if installed  
c. Replace the identified component.  
4. Remove the adapters and disconnect the cables and power cords to all internal  
and external devices until the server is at the minimum configuration that is  
required for the server to start (see “Features and technologies” on page 15 for  
the minimum configuration).  
5. Reconnect all power cords and turn on the server. If the server starts  
successfully, replace the adapters and devices one at a time until the problem is  
isolated.  
If the server does not start from the minimum configuration, replace the components  
in the minimum configuration one at a time until the problem is isolated.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 143  
 
Hard disk drive problems  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
Not all drives are recognized by Remove the drive that is indicated by the diagnostic tests; then, run the hard disk  
the hard disk drive diagnostic  
test (the Fixed Disk test).  
drive diagnostic test again. If the remaining drives are recognized, replace the drive  
that you removed with a new one.  
The server stops responding  
during the hard disk drive  
diagnostic test.  
Remove the hard disk drive that was being tested when the server stopped  
responding, and run the diagnostic test again. If the hard disk drive diagnostic test  
runs successfully, replace the drive that you removed with a new one.  
A hard disk drive was not  
detected while the operating  
system was being started.  
Reseat all hard disk drives and cables; then, run the hard disk drive diagnostic  
tests again.  
A hard disk drive passes the  
diagnostic Fixed Disk Test, but  
the problem remains.  
Run the diagnostic SCSI Attached Disk Test.  
Solving Microprocessor problems  
v Follow the suggested actions in the order in which they are listed in the Action column until the problem  
is solved.  
v See the parts listing in the Hardware Maintenance Manual to determine which components are customer  
replaceable units (CRU) and which components are field replaceable units (FRU).  
v If an action step is preceded by “(Trained service technician only),” that step must be performed only by a  
trained service technician.  
Symptom  
Action  
The server emits a continuous  
beep during POST, indicating  
that the microprocessor is not  
working correctly.  
1. Correct any errors that are indicated by the LEDs (see “EasyLED Diagnostics”  
in the Hardware Maintenance Manual).  
2. Make sure that the server supports all the microprocessors and that the  
microprocessors match in speed and cache size.  
3. (Trained service technician only) Make sure that microprocessor 1 is seated  
correctly.  
4. Reseat the following components:  
a. (Trained service technician only) Microprocessors  
b. VRM, if microprocessor 2 is installed  
5. (Trained service technician only) Replace the microprocessors.  
Solving Ethernet controller problems  
The method that you use to test the Ethernet controller depends on which operating  
system you are using. See the operating-system documentation for information  
about Ethernet controllers, and see the Ethernet controller device-driver readme file.  
Try the following procedures:  
144 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Make sure that the correct device drivers, which come with the server, are  
installed and that they are at the latest level.  
v Make sure that the Ethernet cable is installed correctly.  
– The cable must be securely attached at all connections. If the cable is  
attached but the problem remains, try a different cable.  
You must use Category 5 cabling.  
v Determine whether the hub supports auto-negotiation. If it does not, try  
configuring the integrated Ethernet controller manually to match the speed and  
duplex mode of the hub.  
v Check the Ethernet controller LEDs on the rear panel of the server. These LEDs  
indicate whether there is a problem with the connector, cable, or hub.  
– The Ethernet link status LED is lit when the Ethernet controller receives a link  
pulse from the hub. If the LED is off, there might be a defective connector or  
cable or a problem with the hub.  
– The Ethernet transmit/receive activity LED is lit when the Ethernet controller  
sends or receives data over the Ethernet network. If the Ethernet  
transmit/receive activity light is off, make sure that the hub and network are  
operating and that the correct device drivers are installed.  
v Check the Ethernet activity LED on the rear of the server. The Ethernet activity  
LED is lit when data is active on the Ethernet network. If the Ethernet activity  
LED is off, make sure that the hub and network are operating and that the  
correct device drivers are installed.  
v Check for operating-system-specific causes of the problem.  
v Make sure that the device drivers on the client and server are using the same  
protocol.  
If the Ethernet controller still cannot connect to the network but the hardware  
appears to be working, the network administrator must investigate other possible  
causes of the error.  
Solving undetermined problems  
If the diagnostic tests did not diagnose the failure or if the server is inoperative, use  
the information in this section.  
If you suspect that a software problem is causing failures (continuous or  
intermittent), see the Installation and User Guide.  
Damaged data in CMOS memory or damaged UEFI code can cause undetermined  
problems. To reset the CMOS data, use the CMOS switch to clear the CMOS  
that the UEFI code is damaged, see “Recovering the UEFI code” on page 134.  
Check the LEDs on all the power supplies (see “Power-supply LEDs” on page 50).  
If the LEDs indicate that the power supplies are working correctly, complete the  
following steps:  
1. Turn off the server.  
2. Make sure that the server is cabled correctly.  
3. Remove or disconnect the following devices, one at a time, until you find the  
failure. Turn on the server and reconfigure it each time.  
v Any external devices.  
v Surge-suppressor device (on the server).  
v Modem, printer, mouse, and non-IBM devices.  
v Each adapter.  
v Hard disk drives.  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 145  
 
v Memory modules. The minimum configuration requirement is 1 GB DIMM per  
installed microprocessor.  
v Service processor (RMM).  
The following minimum configuration is required for the server to start:  
v One microprocessor  
v One 1 GB DIMM  
v One power supply  
v Power backplane  
v Power cord  
v ServeRAID SAS controller  
4. Turn on the server. If the problem remains, suspect the following components in  
the following order:  
a. Power backplane  
b. System board  
If the problem is solved when you remove an adapter from the server but the  
problem recurs when you reinstall the same adapter, suspect the adapter; if the  
problem recurs when you replace the adapter with a different one, suspect the riser  
card.  
If you suspect a networking problem and the server passes all the system tests,  
suspect a network cabling problem that is external to the server.  
Problem determination tips  
Due to the variety of hardware and software combinations that can be encountered,  
use the following information to assist you in problem determination. If possible,  
have this information available when requesting assistance from Service Support  
and Engineering functions.  
v Machine type and model  
v Microprocessor or hard disk upgrades  
v Failure symptom  
– Do diagnostics fail?  
– What, when, where, single, or multiple systems?  
– Is the failure repeatable?  
– Has this configuration ever worked?  
– If it has been working, what changes were made prior to it failing?  
– Is this the original reported failure?  
v Diagnostics version  
– Type and version level  
v Hardware configuration  
– Print (print screen) configuration currently in use  
– UEFI level  
v Operating system software  
– Type and version level  
Note: To eliminate confusion, identical systems are considered identical only if  
they:  
1. Are the exact machine type and models  
2. Have the same UEFI level  
3. Have the same adapters/attachments in the same locations  
146 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
4. Have the same address jumpers/terminators/cabling  
5. Have the same software versions and levels  
6. Have the same diagnostics code (version)  
7. Have the same configuration options set in the system  
8. Have the same setup for the operation system control files  
Comparing the configuration and software setup between “working” and  
“non-working” systems will often lead to problem resolution.  
Calling IBM for service  
When you call for service, have as much of the following information available as  
possible:  
v Machine type and model  
v Microprocessor and hard disk drive upgrades  
v Failure symptoms  
– Does the server fail the diagnostic programs? If so, what are the error codes?  
– What occurs? When? Where?  
– Is the failure repeatable?  
– Has the current server configuration ever worked?  
– What changes, if any, were made before it failed?  
– Is this the original reported failure, or has this failure been reported before?  
v Diagnostic program type and version level  
v Hardware configuration (print screen of the system summary)  
v UEFI code level  
v Operating-system type and version level  
You can solve some problems by comparing the configuration and software setups  
between working and nonworking servers. When you compare servers to each  
other for diagnostic purposes, consider them identical only if all the following factors  
are exactly the same in all the servers:  
v Machine type and model  
v UEFI level  
v Memory amount, type, and configuration  
v Adapters and attachments, in the same locations  
v Address jumpers, terminators, and cabling  
v Software versions and levels  
v Diagnostic program type and version level  
v Configuration option settings  
v Operating-system control-file setup  
Chapter 5. Diagnostics 147  
 
148 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs  
Replaceable components are of three types:  
v Tier 1 customer replaceable unit (CRU): Replacement of Tier 1 CRUs is your  
responsibility. If Lenovo installs a Tier 1 CRU at your request, you will be charged  
for the installation.  
v Tier 2 customer replaceable unit: You may install a Tier 2 CRU yourself or  
request Lenovo to install it, at no additional charge, under the type of warranty  
service that is designated for your server.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by Trained service  
technicians.  
3798,” on page 231 to determine whether a component is a Tier 1 CRU, Tier 2  
CRU, or FRU.  
For information about the terms of the warranty and getting service and assistance,  
see the Warranty and Support Information document.  
Locations  
Front view  
The following illustration shows the controls, light-emitting diodes (LEDs), and  
connectors on the front of the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
Hard disk drive status LED (amber)  
Hard disk drive activity LED (green)  
Video connector  
USB 1 connector  
USB 2 connector  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
CD/DVD drive (optical drive)  
CD/DVD eject button  
ꢀ10ꢁ CD/DVD drive activity LED  
ꢀ11ꢁ Bay 1  
ꢀ12ꢁ Hard disk drive bays  
ꢀ13ꢁ Bay 0  
Operator information panel  
Rack release latch  
ꢀ14ꢁ Rack release latch  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
149  
 
Operator information panel  
The following controls, LEDs, and connectors are on the operator information panel:  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Power-control button cover  
Ethernet icon LED  
Ethernet activity LEDs  
Information LED  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
Release latch  
Locator button/locator LED  
Ethernet activity LEDs  
Power-control button/power-on LED  
System-error LED  
System-board internal connectors  
The following illustration shows the internal connectors on the system board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Battery  
ꢀ12ꢁ Fan connector 2  
150 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Optional two-port Ethernet card  
connector  
ꢀ13ꢁ Reserved  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
PCI riser connector 1  
DIMM connectors  
ꢀ14ꢁ Fan connector 3  
ꢀ15ꢁ Hot-swap SAS/SATA power connector  
backplane 1 and 2  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
Microprocessor 1  
ꢀ16ꢁ Hot-swap SAS/SATA power connector  
optional backplane 3  
Operator information panel connector ꢀ17ꢁ Hot-swap SAS/SATA configuration  
cable connector  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
Optical drive connector  
Front video/USB connector  
ꢀ18ꢁ SAS riser-card connector  
ꢀ19ꢁ Auxiliary power for PCI Express  
graphics adapter connector  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
Reserved  
ꢀ20ꢁ Microprocessor 2  
ꢀ10ꢁ Fan connector 1  
ꢀ11ꢁ Reserved  
ꢀ21ꢁ PCI riser connector 2  
ꢀ22ꢁ Virtual media key connector  
System-board external connectors  
The following illustration shows the external input/output connectors on the system  
board.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
USB connector 4  
USB connector 3  
Serial connector  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 151  
 
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
Video connector  
Ethernet connector 2  
Ethernet connector 1  
Systems management Ethernet connector  
System-board switches and jumpers  
Any switches or jumpers on the system board that are not shown in the illustration  
are reserved. See the section about recovering the unified extensible firmware  
interface (UEFI) code in the Hardware Maintenance Manual for information about  
using the UEFI boot recovery jumper.  
The following illustration shows the switches and jumpers on the system board.  
Table 5. Callout descriptions  
Jumper name  
Jumper setting  
152 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Table 5. Callout descriptions (continued)  
ꢀ1ꢁ UEFI boot recovery  
v Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default) Loads the primary server  
jumper (J29)  
firmware (formerly called BIOS) ROM page.  
v Pins 2 and 3: Loads the secondary (backup) server firmware  
ROM page.  
ꢀ2ꢁ IMM recovery  
v Pins 1 and 2: Normal (default) Loads the primary IMM firmware  
jumper (J147)  
ROM page.  
v Pins 2 and 3: Loads the secondary (backup) IMM firmware  
ROM page.  
ꢀ3ꢁ SW4 switch block  
(reserved)  
ꢀ4ꢁ SW3 switch block  
Notes:  
1. If no jumper is present, the server responds as if the pins are set to 1 and 2.  
2. Changing the position of the UEFI boot recovery jumper from pins 1 and 2 to pins 2 and  
3 before the server is turned on alters which flash ROM page is loaded. Do not change  
the jumper pin position after the server is turned on. This can cause an unpredictable  
problem.  
Table 6 describes the function of each switch on the switch block.  
Table 6. Switch block 3, switches 1 - 8  
Switch  
Switch  
number Default value  
description  
8
7
6
5
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
Power-on password override. Changing the position of this switch bypasses the  
power-on password check the next time the server is turned on and starts the Setup  
utility so that you can change or delete the power-on password. You do not have to  
move the switch back to the default position after the password is overridden.  
Changing the position of this switch does not affect the administrator password check  
if an administrator password is set.  
4
3
2
1
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
Reserved.  
Reserved.Clear  
Clear CMOS. When this switch is toggled to On, it clears the CMOS data, which  
clears the power-on password.  
Important:  
1. Before you change any switch settings or move any jumpers, turn off the server;  
then, disconnect all power cords and external cables. (Review the information in  
2. Any system-board switch or jumper blocks that are not shown in the illustrations  
in this document are reserved.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 153  
 
System-board LEDs  
The following illustration shows the light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the system  
board.  
Note: Error LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power.  
Table 7. Callout descriptions  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ  
ꢀ12ꢁ  
PCI riser 2 LED  
Enclosure manager heartbeat LED ꢀ14ꢁ  
ꢀ13ꢁ  
Fan 3 error LED  
Power channel A LED  
Power channel B LED  
Battery error LED  
IMM heartbeat LED  
PCI riser 1 LED  
Microprocessor 1 error LED  
DIMMs 1 - 8 error LEDs  
Reserved  
Fan 1 error LED  
Reserved  
Fan 2 error LED  
Reserved  
ꢀ15ꢁ  
ꢀ16ꢁ  
ꢀ17ꢁ  
ꢀ18ꢁ  
ꢀ19ꢁ  
ꢀ20ꢁ  
ꢀ21ꢁ  
ꢀ22ꢁ  
ꢀ23ꢁ  
ꢀ24ꢁ  
Power channel C error LED  
Power channel D error LED  
Power channel E error LED  
Power channel F error LED  
240 - V AUX channel error LED  
SAS riser missing LED  
System-board error LED  
Microprocessor 2 error LED  
DIMMs 9-16 error LEDs  
154 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
SAS riser-card connectors and LEDs  
The following illustrations show the connectors and LEDs on the SAS riser cards.  
Note: Error LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power.  
A 12-drive-capable model server or a diskless model server contains the following  
riser card:  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
USB connector  
PCI Express RAID adapter  
SAS error LED  
A tape-enabled model server contains the following riser card:  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
USB connector  
PCI Express RAID adapter  
SATA tape signal  
Tape power  
SAS error LED  
USB tape  
PCI riser-card adapter connectors  
The following illustration shows the connectors on the PCI riser card for  
user-installable PCI adapters.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 155  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
PCI riser-card assembly  
Adapter connectors  
PCI riser-card assembly LEDs  
The following illustration shows the light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the PCI  
riser-card assembly.  
Note: Error LEDs remain lit only while the server is connected to power.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Lower PCI slot error LED  
Upper PCI slot error LED  
Installing optional devices and replacing FRUs  
This chapter provides hardware installation and replacement procedures for  
customer replaceable units.  
Major components of the server  
Blue on a component indicates touch points, where you can grip the component to  
remove it from or install it in the server, open or close a latch, and so on.  
Orange on a component or an orange label on or near a component indicates that  
the component can be hot-swapped, which means that if the server and operating  
system support hot-swap capability, you can remove or install the component while  
the server is running. (Orange can also indicate touch points on hot-swap  
156 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
components.) See the instructions for removing or installing a specific hot-swap  
component for any additional procedures that you might have to perform before you  
remove or install the component.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 157  
The following illustrations show the major components in the server.  
Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.  
158 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
Cover  
ꢀ11ꢁ CD/DVD drive  
PCI riser-card assembly  
PCI riser-card assembly  
Heat sink  
Microprocessor  
Heat-sink retention module  
DIMM  
ꢀ12ꢁ Operator information panel  
ꢀ13ꢁ Front bezel (some models)  
ꢀ14ꢁ 4-drive filler panel  
ꢀ15ꢁ SAS hard disk drive backplanes  
ꢀ16ꢁ SAS riser card  
ꢀ17ꢁ Fan bracket  
ꢀ18ꢁ Fans  
ꢀ19ꢁ DIMM air baffle  
System board  
Power-supply filler panel  
ꢀ10ꢁ Power supply  
ꢀ20ꢁ Microprocessor 2 air baffle  
Removing the cover  
The following illustration shows how to remove the cover.  
Important: Before you install optional hardware, make sure that the server is  
working correctly. Start the server, and make sure that the operating system starts,  
if an operating system is installed, or that a 19990305 error code is displayed,  
indicating that an operating system was not found but the server is otherwise  
working correctly. If the server is not working correctly, see the “Diagnosing a  
problem” on page 21 for diagnostic information.  
To remove the cover, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information in the Installation and User Guide document.  
2. If you are planning to view the error LEDs that are on the system board and  
components, leave the server connected to power and go directly to step 4.  
3. If you are planning to install or remove a microprocessor, memory module, PCI  
adapter, battery, or other non-hot-swap optional device, turn off the server and  
all attached devices and disconnect all external cables and power cords (see  
4. Press down on the left and right side latches and pull the server out of the rack  
enclosure until both slide rails lock.  
Note: You can reach the cables on the rear of the server when the server is in  
the locked position.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 159  
 
5. Press the blue latch ꢀ1ꢁ on the end of the cover-release latch ꢀ4ꢁ and lift the  
cover-release latch ꢀ2ꢁ. Slide the cover forward ꢀ3ꢁ and lift the cover off the  
server. Set the cover aside.  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace the cover before you turn on  
the server. Operating the server for extended periods of time (over 30 minutes) with  
the cover removed might damage server components.  
Installing the server cover  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, install the server cover before you turn  
on the server.  
To install the server cover, complete the following steps:  
1. Align the cover over the server until the cover edges slip in position over the  
chassis.  
2. Press down the cover-release latch ꢀ1ꢁ on the front of the cover, while sliding  
the cover forward toward the front of the server until the cover is completely  
closed.  
Removing the operator information panel assembly  
To remove the operator information panel ꢀ2ꢁ assembly, complete the following  
steps.  
1. Remove the cover.  
160 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
2. Disconnect the cable from the back of the operator-information panel ꢀ2ꢁ  
assembly.  
3. Reach inside the server and press the release tab; then, while holding the  
release tab down, push the assembly toward the front of the server.  
4. From the front of the server, carefully pull the operator information panel  
assembly out of the server.  
5. If you are instructed to return the operator information panel assembly, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Installing the operator information panel assembly  
To install the replacement operator information panel assembly, complete the  
following steps.  
1. Slide the operator information panel assembly into the server until it clicks into  
place.  
2. Inside the server, connect the cable to the rear of the operator information panel  
assembly.  
4. Slide the server into the rack.  
5. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing a SAS hard disk drive backplane  
To remove a SAS hard disk drive backplane, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 161  
 
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cord and  
all external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack.  
5. Pull the hard disk drives out of the server slightly to disengage them from the  
6. To obtain more working room, remove the fans and the fan bracket (see  
7. Disconnect the backplane cables.  
8. Lift the backplane out of the server by pulling it toward the rear of the server,  
then lifting it up.  
9. If you are instructed to return the backplane, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
162 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Installing a SAS hard disk drive backplane  
To install the replacement SAS hard disk drive backplane, complete the following  
steps.  
1. Connect the power and signal cables to the replacement backplane.  
2. Align the backplane with the backplane slot in the chassis and the small slots  
on top of the hard disk drive cage.  
3. Lower the backplane into the slots on the chassis.  
4. Rotate the top of the backplane until the front tab clicks into place into the  
latches on the chassis.  
5. Insert the hard disk drives the rest of the way into the bays.  
6. Replace the fan bracket and fans if you removed them (see “Installing the fan  
8. Slide the server into the rack.  
9. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Internal cable routing and connectors  
The following illustration shows the internal routing and connectors for the two SAS  
signal cables (in server models with eight SAS drive bays).  
Notes:  
1. To connect the SAS signal cables, make sure that you first connect the signal  
cable, and then the power cable and signal cable.  
2. To disconnect the SAS signal cables, make sure that you first disconnect the  
power cable, and then the signal cable and configuration cable.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 163  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ServeRAID- MR10i SAS/SATA controller  
SAS signal cables  
The SATA cable is a combination power and signal cable with a shared connector  
on both ends. The following illustration shows the internal routing and connector for  
the SATA cable ꢀ1ꢁ.  
The following illustration shows the internal routing and connector for the operator  
information panel cable.  
164 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Top cover latch receptacle  
Operator panel cable  
The following illustration shows the internal routing and connector for the USB/video  
cable.  
Note: The USB cable is routed under the video cable and then both the USB and  
video cables are routed under the cable retention tab and the top cover latch  
receptacle.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Top cover latch receptacle  
Cable retention tab  
Video cable  
USB cable  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 165  
The following illustration shows the internal routing for the configuration cable (3  
backplane connectors) ꢀ1ꢁ.  
The following illustrations show the internal routing for the SAS hard disk drive  
backplane cables.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
DIMM air baffle  
SAS expander card  
New backplane  
166 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Power cable  
SAS signal cable  
Configuration cable  
Hard disk drive backplane  
Removing a PCI riser-card assembly  
The server comes with two riser-card assemblies that each contain two PCI  
Express x8 connectors. You can replace a PCI Express riser-card assembly with a  
riser-card assembly that contains one PCI Express Gen 2 x16 connector. See  
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver for a list of riser-card assemblies that you can  
use with the server.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 167  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
To remove the riser-card assembly, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cord and  
all external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack.  
5. Grasp the assembly at the front tab and rear edge and lift it to remove it from  
the server. Place the riser-card assembly on a flat, static-protective surface.  
Installing a PCI riser-card assembly  
To install a PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.  
168 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Note: The illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
Alignment slots  
Alignment brackets  
PCI riser connector 1  
PCI riser connector 2  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Make sure that the server and all peripheral devices are turned off and that the  
power cords and all external cables are disconnected.  
3. Reinstall any adapters and reconnect any internal cables that you removed in  
4. Align the PCI riser-card assembly with the selected PCI riser connector on the  
system board:  
v PCI riser connector 1: Carefully fit the two alignment slots on the side of the  
assembly onto the two alignment brackets in the side of the chassis.  
v PCI riser connector 2: Carefully align the bottom edge (the contact edge) of  
the riser-card assembly with the PCI riser connector on the system board.  
5. Press down on the assembly. Make sure that the riser-card assembly is fully  
seated in the riser-card connector on the system board.  
If you have other optional devices to install, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 169  
Removing a PCI adapter from a PCI riser-card assembly  
This topic describes removing an adapter from a PCI expansion slot in a PCI  
riser-card assembly. These instructions apply to PCI adapters such as video graphic  
adapters and network adapters. To remove a SAS controller from the SAS riser  
The following illustration shows the locations of the adapter expansion slots from  
the rear of the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
PCI slot 1  
PCI slot 2  
PCI slot 3  
PCI slot 4  
Notes:  
1. If a PCI Express Gen 2x16 adapter is installed in a PCI riser-card assembly, the  
second expansion slot is not available.  
2. If you are replacing a high power graphics adapter, you might need to  
disconnect the internal power cable from the system board before removing the  
adapter.  
To remove an adapter from a PCI expansion slot, complete the following steps.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
PCI riser-card assembly  
Adapter connectors  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Press down on the left and right side latches and slide the server out of the rack  
enclosure until both slide rails lock; then, remove the cover (see “Removing the  
170 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
4. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly that contains the adapter (see “Removing  
v If you are removing an adapter from PCI expansion slot 1 or 2, remove PCI  
riser-card assembly 1.  
v If you are removing an adapter from PCI expansion slot 3 or 4, remove PCI  
riser-card assembly 2.  
5. Disconnect any cables from the adapter (make note of the cable routing, in case  
you reinstall the adapter later).  
6. Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners, and pull the  
adapter from the PCI expansion slot.  
7. If the adapter is a full-length adapter in the upper expansion slot of the PCI  
riser-card assembly and you do not intend to replace it with another full-length  
adapter, remove the full-length-adapter bracket and store it on the underside of  
the top of the PCI riser-card assembly.  
8. If you are instructed to return the adapter, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing a PCI adapter in a PCI riser-card assembly  
To ensure that a ServeRAID-10i, ServeRAID-10is, or ServeRAID-10M adapter  
works correctly in your server, make sure that the adapter firmware is at the latest  
level.  
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code  
updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest  
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the  
code.  
Some high end video adapters are supported by your server. See  
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver for more information.  
Notes:  
1. If you are installing a video adapter in your server, do not set the maximum  
digital video resolution above 1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz for an LCD monitor. This is  
the highest resolution supported for any video adapter in this server.  
2. Any high-definition video-out connector or stereo connector on the video adapter  
is not supported.  
These instructions apply to PCI adapters such as video graphics adapters and  
network adapters. To install a SAS controller, go to “Installing a SAS controller on  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 171  
 
The following illustration shows the locations of the adapter expansion slots from  
the rear of the server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
PCI slot 1  
PCI slot 2  
PCI slot 3  
PCI slot 4  
To install an adapter, complete the following steps.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
Expansion-slot cover  
PCI riser-card assembly  
1. Install the adapter in the expansion slot.  
a. If the adapter is a full-length adapter for the upper expansion slot (1 or 3) in  
the riser card, remove the full-length-adapter bracket ꢀ1ꢁ from underneath  
the top of the riser-card assembly and insert it in the two openings ꢀ2ꢁ in  
the end of the upper expansion slot of the riser-card assembly.  
b. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket to the right until it clicks into  
place.  
c. Align the adapter with the PCI connector on the riser card and the guide on  
the external end of the riser-card assembly.  
d. Press the adapter firmly into the PCI connector on the riser card.  
172 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
2. Connect any required cables to the adapter (see “Internal cable routing and  
Attention:  
v When you route cables, do not block any connectors or the ventilated space  
around any of the fans.  
v Make sure that cables are not routed on top of components under the PCI  
riser-card assembly.  
v Make sure that cables are not pinched by the server components.  
3. Align the PCI riser-card assembly with the selected PCI connector on the  
system board:  
v PCI-riser connector 1: Carefully fit the two alignment slots on the side of the  
assembly onto the two alignment brackets on the side of the chassis; align  
the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the server.  
v PCI-riser connector 2: Carefully align the bottom edge (the contact edge) of  
the riser-card assembly with the riser-card connector on the system board;  
align the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the server.  
4. Press down on the assembly. Make sure that the riser-card assembly is fully  
seated in the riser-card connector on the system board.  
5. Perform any configuration tasks that are required for the adapter.  
6. Install the server cover (see “Completing the installation” on page 227).  
7. Slide the server into the rack.  
8. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing an Ethernet adapter  
To remove an Ethernet adapter, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3 and “Installation guidelines”  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Remove the cover.  
4. Remove the PCI riser card 1.  
5. Push the tabs on the adapter bracket ꢀ2ꢁ outwards, then lift the front end of the  
adapter ꢀ1ꢁ to disconnect it from the system board. Then lift it out of the server.  
6. Install the cover.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 173  
 
7. Turn on the server and reconnect the peripheral devices, power cords, and  
external cables.  
Installing an Ethernet adapter  
To install an Ethernet adapter, complete the following steps:  
1. Remove the adapter bracket ꢀ2ꢁ from the new Ethernet adapter ꢀ1ꢁ.  
2. Extend the Ethernet ports through the openings in the rear of the chassis.  
3. Press down on the adapter above the connector and adapter bracket.  
4. Install PCI riser 1.  
5. Install the cover.  
6. Turn on the server and reconnect the peripheral devices, power cords, and  
external cables.  
Storing the full-length-adapter bracket  
If you are removing a full-length adapter in the upper riser-card PCI slot and will  
replace it with a shorter adapter or no adapter, you must remove the  
full-length-adapter bracket from the end of the riser-card assembly and return the  
bracket to its storage location.  
To remove and store the full-length-adapter bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket to the left until the bracket falls  
free of the riser-card assembly.  
2. Align the bracket with the storage location on the riser-card assembly as shown.  
3. Place the two hooks ꢀ1ꢁ in the two openings ꢀ2ꢁ in the storage location on the  
riser-card assembly.  
4. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket toward the  
expansion-lot-opening end of the assembly until the bracket clicks into place.  
174 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Removing the microprocessor 2 air baffle  
When you work with some optional devices, you must first remove the  
microprocessor 2 air baffle to access certain components. The following illustration  
shows how to remove the microprocessor 2 air baffle.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Hole  
Pin  
Microprocessor 2 air baffle  
Tab  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
To remove the microprocessor 2 air baffle, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
3. Remove the cover.  
4. Remove PCI riser-card assembly 2 (see “Removing a PCI riser-card assembly”  
5. Grasp the top of the air baffle and lift the air baffle out of the server.  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace all air baffles before you  
turn on the server. Operating the server with any air baffle removed might  
damage server components.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 175  
 
Installing the microprocessor 2 air baffle  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Hole  
Pin  
Microprocessor 2 air baffle  
Tab  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
To install the microprocessor 2 air baffle, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Make sure that the server and peripheral devices are turned off (see “Turning  
off the server” on page 53) and that all power cords and external cables are  
disconnected.  
4. Align the tab on the left side of the microprocessor 2 air baffle with the slot in  
the right side of the power-supply cage.  
5. Align the pin on the bottom of the microprocessor air baffle with the hole on  
the system board retention bracket.  
6. Lower the microprocessor 2 air baffle into the server, making sure all cables  
are out of the way.  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace all air baffles before you  
turn on the server. Operating the server with any air baffle removed might  
damage server components.  
176 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
7. Install PCI riser-card assembly 2.  
9. Slide the server into the rack.  
10. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on  
the peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing the DIMM air baffle  
When you work with some optional devices, you must first remove the DIMM air  
baffle to access certain components or connectors on the system board. The  
following illustration shows how to remove the DIMM air baffle.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
DIMM air baffle  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
To remove the DIMM air baffle, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
4. Remove PCI riser-card assembly 1 (see “Removing a PCI riser-card assembly”  
5. Place your fingers under the front and back of the top of the air baffle; then, lift  
the air baffle out of the server.  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace all air baffles before you  
turn on the server. Operating the server with any air baffle removed might  
damage server components.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 177  
 
Installing the DIMM air baffle  
The following illustration shows how to install the DIMM air baffle.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
DIMM air baffle  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
To install the DIMM air baffle, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Make sure that the server and peripheral devices are turned off (see “Turning  
off the server” on page 53) and that all power cords and external cables are  
disconnected.  
3. Remove the cover.  
4. Make sure that PCI riser-card assembly 1 is removed (see “Removing a PCI  
5. Align the DIMM air baffle with the DIMMs and the back of the fans.  
6. Lower the air baffle into place, making sure all cables are out of the way.  
7. Install PCI riser-card assembly 1.  
Attention: For proper cooling and airflow, replace all air baffles before you  
turn on the server. Operating the server with any air baffle removed might  
damage server components.  
178 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Removing a PCI adapter  
To remove an adapter from a PCI riser-card assembly, complete the following steps.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
Expansion slot cover  
PCI riser-card assembly  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
3. Press down on the left and right side rack latches and slide the server out of the  
rack enclosure until both slide rails lock; then, remove the cover (see “Removing  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 179  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
4. Remove the PCI riser-card assembly that contains the adapter (see “Removing  
5. Disconnect any cables from the adapter (make note of the cable routing, in case  
you reinstall the adapter later).  
6. Carefully grasp the adapter by its top edge or upper corners, and pull the  
adapter from the PCI expansion slot.  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Installing a PCI adapter  
The following illustration shows the PCI adapter expansion slots.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
PCI slot 1  
PCI slot 2  
PCI slot 3  
PCI slot 4  
The following notes describe the types of adapters that the server supports and  
other information that you must consider when installing an adapter:  
v Locate the documentation that comes with the adapter and follow those  
instruction in addition to the instructions in this section. If you have to change  
switch settings or jumper settings on the adapter, follow the instructions that  
come with the adapter.  
v To ensure that a ServeRAID-10i, ServeRAID-10is, or ServeRAID-10M adapter  
works correctly in your UEFI-based server, make sure that the adapter firmware  
is at the latest level.  
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated  
code updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the  
latest level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you  
update the code.  
v Some high performance video adapters are supported by your server. See  
http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver/ for more information.  
v The following notes describe important information about the NVIDIA video  
adapter that comes preinstalled in some server models:  
– Do not set the maximum digital video resolution above 1600 x 1200 at 60 Hz  
for an LCD monitor. This is the highest resolution that is supported for an  
optional video adapter in the server.  
– Any high-definition video-out connector or stereo connector on an optional  
video adapter is not supported.  
v A PCI Express Gen 2 x16 riser card can support only one adapter.  
180 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v The expansion slots in the PCI riser cards accommodate the various form factors  
of the non-hot-plug adapters as follows:  
– Expansion slot 1: Full-height, full-length  
– Expansion slot 2: Low-profile with standard bracket  
– Expansion slot 3: Full-height, full-length  
– Expansion slot 4: Full-height, half-length  
If you install a different supported riser-card assembly, the supported adapter  
types might be different. For a list of supported riser-card assemblies, see  
v The system scans devices in the following order, if you have not changed the  
default boot precedence:  
– Video unified extensible firmware interface (UEFI) (fixed)  
– System board Ethernet 1 PXE (fixed)  
– System board Ethernet 2 PXE (fixed)  
– System board SAS (or RAID)  
The following illustration shows the adapter connectors on the PCI riser-card  
assembly.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
PCI riser-card assembly  
Adapter connectors  
To install a PCI adapter, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
4. Determine which expansion slot you will use for the adapter.  
5. If you are installing an adapter in PCI expansion slot 1 or 2, remove PCI  
riser-card assembly 1; if you are installing an adapter in PCI expansion slot 3  
or 4, remove PCI riser-card assembly 2. See “Removing a PCI riser-card  
6. Slide the expansion-slot cover out of the PCI riser-card assembly expansion  
slot.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 181  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
Expansion slot cover  
PCI riser-card assembly  
7. Install the adapter:  
a. If the adapter is a full-length adapter for the upper expansion slot in the  
riser card, remove the full-length-adapter bracket from underneath the top  
of the riser-card assembly and insert it in the end of the upper expansion  
slot of the riser-card assembly. See “Installing the full-length-adapter  
bracket” on page 183 for instructions.  
b. Align the adapter with the adapter connector on the riser-card, and the  
guide on the external end of the PCI riser-card assembly.  
c. Press the adapter firmly into the adapter connector on the riser card.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Adapter  
PCI riser-card assembly  
Adapter connectors  
8. Connect any required cables to the adapter.  
Attention:  
v When you route cables, do not block any connectors or the ventilated space  
around any of the fans.  
v Make sure that cables are not routed on top of components that are under  
the PCI riser-card assembly.  
v Make sure that cables are not pinched by the server components.  
9. Align the PCI riser-card assembly with the selected PCI riser connector on the  
system board.  
182 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
PCI riser-card assembly 2  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
Alignment slots  
Alignment brackets  
PCI riser connector 1  
PCI riser connector 2  
v PCI riser connector 1: Carefully fit the two alignment slots on the side of the  
assembly onto the two alignment brackets in the side of the chassis; align  
the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the server  
v PCI riser connector 2: Carefully align the bottom edge (the contact edge) of  
the riser-card assembly with the PCI riser-card connector on the system  
board; align the rear of the assembly with the guides on the rear of the  
server.  
10. Press down on the assembly. Make sure that the riser-card assembly is fully  
seated in the PCI riser-card connector on the system board.  
11. Perform any configuration tasks that are required for the adapter.  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Installing the full-length-adapter bracket  
If you are installing a full-length adapter in the upper riser-card PCI slot, you must  
first install the full-length-adapter bracket in the end of the riser-card assembly.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 183  
 
To install the full-length-adapter bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Orient the riser-card assembly as shown.  
2. Remove the full-length-adapter bracket from the storage location.  
a. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket toward the end of the  
riser-card assembly.  
b. Push the bracket out of the storage location on the riser-card assembly.  
3. Align the bracket with the end of the riser-card assembly as shown.  
4. Place the two hooks ꢀ1ꢁ in the two openings ꢀ2ꢁ in the end of the riser-card  
assembly.  
5. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket to the right until it clicks into  
place.  
6. Return to the adapter-installation instructions.  
Storing the full-length-adapter bracket  
If you are removing a full-length adapter in the upper riser-card PCI slot and will  
replace it with a shorter adapter or no adapter, you must remove the  
full-length-adapter bracket from the end of the riser-card assembly and return the  
bracket to its storage location.  
To remove and store the full-length-adapter bracket, complete the following steps:  
1. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket to the left until the bracket falls  
free of the riser-card assembly.  
2. Align the bracket with the storage location on the riser-card assembly as shown.  
3. Place the two hooks ꢀ1ꢁ in the two openings ꢀ2ꢁ in the storage location on the  
riser-card assembly.  
4. Press the bracket tab ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the bracket toward the  
expansion-slot-opening end of the assembly until the bracket clicks into place.  
184 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Removing a virtual media key  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Virtual media key connector  
Virtual media key (front)  
Mounting bracket (rear)  
Mounting tab  
To remove a virtual media key, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack.  
5. Locate the virtual media key on the system board. Grasp it and carefully pull it  
off the virtual media key connector pins.  
Installing a virtual media key  
IMM Premium enables the IMM remote presence and blue-screen capture  
capability. This feature provides graphical console redirection with remote keyboard  
and mouse interaction, plus remote diskette and CD/DVD drive support.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 185  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
Virtual media key connector  
Virtual media key (front)  
Mounting bracket (rear)  
Mounting tab  
To install a virtual media key, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
4. Align the mounting bracket on the rear of the virtual media key with the  
mounting tab and slide it down the tab onto the virtual medial key connector on  
the system board. Press the virtual media key down into the connector until it is  
firmly seated on the system board.  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Removing a memory module (DIMM)  
To remove a DIMM, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack.  
5. If riser-card assembly 1 contains one or more adapters, remove it (see  
186 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
6. Remove the air baffle over the DIMMs (see “Removing the DIMM air baffle” on  
Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM  
connectors, open and close the clips gently.  
7. Open the retaining clip ꢀ2ꢁ on each end of the DIMM connector and lift the  
DIMM ꢀ1ꢁ from the connector.  
8. If you are instructed to return the DIMM, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing a memory module  
The following notes describe the types of dual inline memory modules (DIMMs) that  
the server supports and other information that you must consider when installing  
DIMMs:  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 187  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Microprocessor 2  
Microprocessor 1  
v The server supports only industry-standard double-data-rate 3 (DDR3), 800,  
1066, or 1333 MHz, PC3-10600R-999 (single-rank or dual-rank), registered,  
synchronous dynamic random-access memory (SDRAM) dual inline memory  
modules (DIMMs) with error correcting code (ECC). See http://www.lenovo.com/  
thinkserver/ for a list of supported memory modules for the server.  
v The server supports a maximum of 16 single-rank or dual-rank DIMMs.  
v The server supports three single-rank or dual-rank DIMMs per channel. The  
following table shows an example of the maximum amount of memory that you  
can install, using ranked DIMMs.  
Table 8. Maximum memory installation using ranked DIMMs  
Number of DIMMs  
Number of ranks  
Single rank  
Dual rank  
DIMM size  
4 GB  
Total memory  
64 GB  
16  
16  
16  
4 GB  
64 GB  
Dual rank  
8 GB (if available)  
128 GB  
188 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
v The specifications of a DDR3 DIMM are on a label on the DIMM, in the following  
format.  
ggg eRxff-PC3-wwwwwm-aa-bb-cc  
where:  
ggg is the total capacity of the DIMM (for example, 1GB, 2GB, or 4GB)  
e is the number of ranks  
1 = single-rank  
2 = dual-rank  
4 = quad-rank  
ff is the device organization (bit width)  
4 = x4 organization (4 DQ lines per SDRAM)  
8 = x8 organization  
16 = x16 organization  
wwwww is the DIMM bandwidth, in MBps  
6400 = 6.40 GBps (PC3-800 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)  
8500 = 8.53 GBps (PC3-1066 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)  
10600 = 10.66 GBps (PC3-1333 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)  
12800 = 12.80 GBps PC3-1600 SDRAMs, 8-byte primary data bus)  
m is the DIMM type  
E = Unbuffered DIMM (UDIMM) with ECC (x72-bit module data bus)  
R = Registered DIMM (RDIMM)  
U = Unbuffered DIMM with no ECC (x64-bit primary data bus)  
aa is the CAS latency, in clocks at maximum operating frequency  
bb is the JEDEC SPD Revision Encoding and Additions level  
cc is the reference design file for the design of the DIMM  
d is the revision number of the reference design of the DIMM  
v The following rules apply to single-rank and dual-rank DDR3 DIMM speed as it  
relates to the number of DIMMs in a channel:  
– When you install 1 DIMM per channel, the memory runs at 1333 MHz  
– When you install 2 DIMMs per channel, the memory runs at 1066 MHz  
– When you install 3 DIMMs per channel, the memory runs at 800 MHz  
– All channels in a server run at the fastest common frequency.  
– Mixing registered and unbuffered DIMMs is not supported.  
v The DIMM options that are available for the server are 1 GB, 2 GB, 4 GB, and 8  
GB (when available). The server supports a minimum of 1 GB and a maximum of  
128 GB of system memory.  
For 32-bit operating systems only: Some memory is reserved for various  
system resources and is unavailable to the operating system. The amount of  
memory that is reserved for system resources depends on the operating system,  
the configuration of the server, and the configured PCI devices.  
v A minimum of one DIMM must be installed for each microprocessor. For  
example, you must install a minimum of two DIMMs if the server has two  
microprocessors. However, to improve system performance, install a minimum of  
three DIMMs for each microprocessor.  
v The maximum operating speed of the server is determined by the slowest DIMM  
in the server.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 189  
DIMM installation sequence  
The server requires at least one DIMM per microprocessor. The server comes with  
a minimum of two 1 GB DIMMs, installed in connectors 3 and 6. (Connectors 3 and  
6 are the farthest connectors for channels 0 and 1 of microprocessor 1.) When you  
install additional DIMMs, install them in the order shown in Table 9, to maintain  
performance.  
Important: If you have configured the server to use memory mirroring, do not use  
the order in Table 9; go to “Memory mirroring” and use the installation order shown  
there.  
Table 9. DIMM installation sequence for non-mirroring (normal) mode  
Installed microprocessors DIMM connector population sequence  
Microprocessor socket 1  
Install the DIMMs in the following sequence: 3, 6, 8, 2, 5, 7,  
1, 4  
Microprocessor socket 2  
Install the DIMMs in the following sequence: 11, 14, 16, 10,  
13, 15, 9, 12  
Memory mirroring  
Memory-mirroring mode replicates and stores data on two pairs of DIMMs within  
two channels simultaneously. If a failure occurs, the memory controller switches  
from the primary pair of memory DIMMs to the backup pair of DIMMs. You must  
enable memory mirroring through the Setup utility. For details about enabling  
memory mirroring, see “Memory mirroring.” When you use the memory mirroring  
feature, consider the following information:  
v When you use memory mirroring, you must install a pair of DIMMs at a time.  
One DIMM must be in channel 0, and the mirroring DIMM must be in the same  
connector in channel 1. The two DIMMs in each pair must be identical in size,  
type, rank (single, dual, or quad), and organization. They do not have to be  
identical in speed. The channels run at the speed of the slowest DIMM in any of  
the channels. See Table 11 on page 192 for the DIMM connectors that are in  
each pair.  
v Channel 2, DIMM connectors 8 ,7, 15, and 16 are not used in memory-mirroring  
mode.  
v The maximum available memory is reduced to half of the installed memory when  
memory mirroring is enabled. For example, if you install 64 GB of memory, only  
32 GB of addressable memory is available when you use memory mirroring.  
The following illustration shows the memory channel interface layout with the DIMM  
installation sequence for mirroring mode. The numbers within the boxes indicate the  
DIMM population sequence in pairs within the channels, and the numbers next to  
the boxes indicate the DIMM connectors within the channels. For example, the  
following illustration shows that the first pair of DIMMs (indicated by ones (1) inside  
the boxes) should be installed in DIMM connector 3 on channel 0 and DIMM  
connector 6 on channel 1. DIMM connectors 7, 8, 15, and 16 on channel 2 are not  
used in memory-mirroring mode.  
190 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Figure 1. Memory channel interface layout  
The following table lists the DIMM connectors on each memory channel.  
Table 10. Connectors on each memory channel  
Memory channel  
Channel 0  
DIMM connectors  
1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11  
4, 5, 6, 12, 13, 14  
7, 8, 15, 16  
Channel 1  
Channel 2  
The following illustration shows the memory connector layout that is associated with  
each microprocessor. For example, DIMM connectors 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, and  
16 (DIMM connectors are shown underneath the boxes) are associated with  
microprocessor 2 socket (CPU2) and DIMM connectors 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 are  
associated with microprocessor 1 socket (CPU1). The numbers within the boxes  
indicate the installation sequence of the DIMM pairs. For example, the first DIMM  
pair (indicated within the boxes by ones (1)) should be installed in DIMM connectors  
3 and 6, which are associated with microprocessor 1 (CPU1).  
Note: You can install DIMMs for microprocessor 2 as soon as you install  
microprocessor 2; you do not have to wait until all of the DIMM connectors  
for microprocessor 1 are filled.  
Figure 2. Memory connectors associated with each microprocessor  
The following table lists the installation sequence for installing DIMMs in  
memory-mirroring mode.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 191  
Table 11. Memory-mirroring mode DIMM population sequence  
Number of installed  
DIMMs  
microprocessors  
DIMM connector  
First pair of DIMMs  
Second pair of DIMMs  
Third pair of DIMMs  
Fourth pair of DIMMs  
Fifth pair of DIMMs  
Sixth pair of DIMMs  
1
1
1
2
2
2
3, 6  
2, 5  
1, 4  
14, 11  
13, 10  
12, 9  
Note: DIMM connectors 7, 8, 15, and 16 are not used in memory-mirroring mode.  
When you install or remove DIMMs, the server configuration information changes.  
When you restart the server, the system displays a message that indicates that the  
memory configuration has changed.  
Installing a DIMM  
To install a DIMM, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cord and  
3. Remove the server cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 159).  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
DIMM air baffle  
PCI riser-card assembly 1  
4. If PCI riser-card assembly 1 contains one or more adapters, remove riser-card  
192 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
5. Remove the DIMM air baffle (see “Removing the DIMM air baffle” on page  
Attention: To avoid breaking the retaining clips or damaging the DIMM  
connectors, open and close the clips gently.  
6. Open the retaining clip ꢀ2ꢁ on each end of the DIMM connector.  
7. Touch the static-protective package that contains the DIMM to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server. Then, remove the DIMM from the package.  
8. Turn the DIMM so that the DIMM keys align correctly with the connector.  
9. Insert the DIMM into the connector ꢀ1ꢁ by aligning the edges of the DIMM with  
the slots at the ends of the DIMM connector. Firmly press the DIMM straight  
down into the connector by applying pressure on both ends of the DIMM  
simultaneously. The retaining clips snap into the locked position when the  
DIMM is firmly seated in the connector.  
Important: If there is a gap between the DIMM and the retaining clips, the  
DIMM has not been correctly inserted; open the retaining clips, remove the  
DIMM, and then reinsert it.  
10. Install the DIMM air baffle (see “Installing the DIMM air baffle” on page 178).  
11. Install PCI riser-card assembly 2, if you removed it (see “Installing a PCI  
If you have other devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Removing a hot-swap power supply  
Important: If the server has two power supplies, and if you remove either of them,  
the server will not have redundant power; if the server power load then exceeds  
675 W, the server might not start or might not function correctly.  
To remove a power supply, complete the following steps.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 193  
 
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3 and “Installation guidelines”  
2. If only one power supply is installed, turn off the server and peripheral devices.  
3. Disconnect the power cord from the power supply that you are removing.  
4. Grasp the power-supply handle.  
5. Press the orange release latch to the left and hold it in place.  
6. Pull the power supply ꢀ1ꢁ part of the way out of the bay, then release the latch  
and support the power supply as you pull it the rest of the way out of the bay.  
7. If you are instructed to return the power supply, follow all packaging instructions,  
and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing a hot-swap power supply  
The server supports a maximum of two hot-swap ac power supplies.  
Statement 5:  
CAUTION:  
The power control button on the device and the power switch on the power  
supply do not turn off the electrical current supplied to the device. The device  
also might have more than one power cord. To remove all electrical current  
from the device, ensure that all power cords are disconnected from the power  
source.  
2
1
Statement 8:  
194 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
CAUTION:  
Never remove the cover on a power supply or any part that has the following  
label attached.  
Hazardous voltage, current, and energy levels are present inside any  
component that has this label attached. There are no serviceable parts inside  
these components. If you suspect a problem with one of these parts, contact  
a service technician.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Power supply filler panel  
Hot-swap power supply 2  
Attention: During normal operation, each power-supply bay must contain either a  
power supply or power-supply filler ꢀ1ꢁ for proper cooling.  
To install a power supply, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Remove the power-supply blank from the empty power-supply bay by pinching  
the side clip and pulling the power-supply blank from the bay. Save the  
power-supply blank in case you remove the power supply at a later time.  
3. Slide the ac power supply into the bay until the retention latch clicks into place.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 195  
4. Connect the power cord for the new ac power supply to the power-cord  
connector on the power supply.  
The following illustration shows the ac power-supply connectors ꢀ1ꢁ on the rear  
of the server.  
5. Route the power cord through the power-supply handle and through any cable  
clamps on the rear of the server, to prevent the power cord from being  
accidentally pulled out when you slide the server in and out of the rack.  
6. Connect the power cord to a properly grounded electrical outlet.  
7. Make sure that the error LED on the power supply is not lit, and that the dc  
power LED and ac power LED on the power supply are lit, indicating that the  
power supply is operating correctly.  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Removing a hot-swap fan  
The server comes with three replaceable fans.  
Attention: To ensure proper server operation, if a fan fails, replace it immediately.  
Have a replacement fan ready to install as soon as you remove the failed fan.  
To remove a replaceable fan, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Leave the server connected to power.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack and remove the cover (see “Removing the  
cover” on page 159). The LED near the failing fan will be lit.  
Attention: To ensure proper system cooling, do not remove the top cover for  
more than two minutes during this procedure.  
196 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
4. Lift the fan out of the server, holding the vertical tabs ꢀ1ꢁ.  
5. Replace the fan within 30 seconds (see “Installing a hot-swap fan”).  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Installing a hot-swap fan  
The server comes with three replaceable double-fans. For proper cooling, the  
server requires that all three fans be installed at all times.  
Attention: To ensure proper server operation, if a fan fails, replace it immediately.  
Have a replacement fan ready to install as soon as you remove the failed fan.  
The fans use system-board fan connectors 2, 4, and 6 only. Table 12 lists the fan  
connector on the system board for each double-fan. See “System-board internal  
connectors” on page 150 for the locations of the fan connectors.  
Table 12. Fan connectors on the system board  
Fan number  
System board fan connector  
1
2
3
2
4
6
To install any of the three replaceable fans, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. If you have not done so already, slide the server out of the rack and remove the  
Attention: To ensure proper system cooling, do not remove the top cover for  
more than two minutes during this procedure.  
3. Orient the new fan over its position in the fan bracket ꢀ1ꢁ so that the connector  
on the bottom aligns with the fan connector on the system board.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 197  
 
4. Align the vertical tabs on the fan with the slots on the fan cage bracket.  
5. Push the new fan into the fan connector on the system board. Press down on  
the top surface of the fan to seat the fan fully.  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Removing the fan bracket  
To replace some components or to create working room, you might have to remove  
the fan-bracket assembly.  
Note: To remove or install a fan, it is not necessary to remove the fan bracket. See  
To remove the fan bracket, complete the following steps.  
198 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Remove the cover.  
5. Remove the PCI riser-card assemblies and the DIMM air baffle (see “Removing  
6. Press the fan-bracket release latches ꢀ1ꢁtoward each other to release the pins  
ꢀ2ꢁ and lift the fan bracket out of the server.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 199  
Installing the fan bracket  
To install the fan bracket, complete the following steps.  
1. Lower the fan bracket into the chassis.  
2. Align the holes in the bottom of the bracket with the pins ꢀ2ꢁ in the bottom of  
the chassis.  
3. Press the bracket into position until the fan-bracket release levers ꢀ1ꢁ click into  
place.  
5. Replace the PCI riser-card assemblies and the DIMM air baffle (see “Installing a  
7. Slide the server into the rack.  
8. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing the SAS riser card and controller assembly  
To remove the SAS riser-card and controller assembly from the server, complete  
the steps for the applicable server model.  
v 12-drive-capable server model:  
200 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
SAS riser card  
SAS controller  
Release tab  
1. Press the assembly release latch toward the rear of the server and lift that  
end of the SAS controller assembly a little. Place your fingers underneath the  
upper portion of the SAS riser card and lift the assembly from the system  
board.  
2. Lift the assembly out of the server.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 201  
v Tape-enabled server model:  
1. Press down on the assembly release latch ꢀ2ꢁ and lift up on the tab to  
release the SAS controller assembly, which includes the SAS riser card ꢀ1ꢁ,  
from the system board.  
2. Lift the front and back edges of the assembly to remove the assembly from  
the server.  
Installing the SAS riser card and controller assembly  
To install the SAS riser-card and controller assembly in the server, complete the  
steps for the applicable server model.  
v 12-drive-capable server model:  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
SAS controller front retention bracket  
SAS riser card  
SAS controller  
Alignment post  
1. Place the front end of the SAS controller in the front retention bracket and  
align the SAS riser card with the SAS riser-card connector on the system  
board.  
202 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
2. Press down on the SAS riser card and the rear edge of the SAS controller  
until the SAS riser card is firmly seated and the SAS controller card retention  
latch clicks into place.  
v Tape-enabled server model:  
1. Align the pins on the back side of the SAS riser card ꢀ2ꢁ with the slots on the  
server chassis ꢀ4ꢁ.  
2. Make sure that any tape drive cables are routed correctly underneath the  
SAS riser card. For information about the cable routing, see “Installing a tape  
3. Press the SAS controller assembly into place. Make sure that the SAS riser  
card is firmly seated and that the release latch ꢀ3ꢁ and retention latch ꢀ1ꢁ  
hold the assembly securely.  
If you have other devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Removing a SAS controller from the SAS riser card  
A SAS controller is installed in a dedicated slot on the SAS riser card.  
Important: If you have installed a 4-disk-drive optional expansion device in a  
12-drive-capable server, the SAS controller is installed in a PCI riser-card assembly  
and is installed and removed the same way as any other PCI adapter. Do not use  
the instructions in this topic; use the instructions in “Installing a PCI adapter” on  
Depending on the server model, the server comes with a ServeRAID-BR10i  
SAS/SATA controller or a ServeRAID-MR10i SAS/SATA controller installed.  
You can replace the SAS controller with another supported SAS controller. For a list  
of supported RAID controllers, see http://www.lenovo.com/thinkserver  
Note: For brevity, in this documentation the ServeRAID SAS controller is often  
referred to as SAS controller.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 203  
 
To remove the SAS controller from a SAS riser card, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
4. Locate the SAS riser-card and controller assembly near the left front corner of  
the server.  
5. Disconnect the SAS signal cables from the connectors on the SAS controller.  
6. Remove the SAS controller assembly, which includes the SAS riser card, from  
12-drive-capable server model:  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
SAS riser card  
SAS controller  
Release tab  
Tape-enabled server model:  
7. Press down the retention bracket ꢀ2ꢁ and pull the SAS controller horizontally  
ꢀ1ꢁ out of the connector on the SAS riser card ꢀ3ꢁ.  
8. If you are replacing the SAS controller with another supported SAS controller,  
Installing a SAS controller on the SAS riser card  
Important: If you have installed a 4-disk-drive optional expansion device in a  
12-drive-capable server, the SAS controller is installed in a PCI riser-card assembly  
and is installed and removed the same way as any other PCI adapter. Do not use  
204 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
the instructions in this topic; use the instructions in “Installing a PCI adapter” on  
To install a SAS controller on the SAS riser card, complete the following steps:  
1. Make sure that the server is turned off, all external cables and power cords are  
disconnected, and the cover has been removed.  
2. If you are installing a new or replacement SAS controller, touch the  
static-protective package that contains the new SAS controller to any unpainted  
metal surface on the server. Then, remove the SAS controller from the package.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
SAS riser card  
RAID adapter  
3. If you are installing a new or replacement SAS controller that uses a battery,  
complete the following steps:  
a. Remove the battery from the SAS controller package or the battery  
package.  
b. Install the battery and connect the battery to the SAS controller as instructed  
in the documentation that comes with the SAS controller or the battery.  
4. If the new SAS controller is a different physical size than the SAS controller you  
removed, you might have to move the controller retention bracket (tape-enabled  
model servers only) to the correct location for the new SAS controller. See  
the next step in this procedure.  
5. Turn the SAS controller so that the keys on the bottom edge align correctly with  
the connector on the SAS riser card in the SAS controller assembly.  
6. Firmly press the SAS controller horizontally into the connector on the SAS riser  
card.  
7. (Tape-enabled model server only) Gently press the opposite edge of the SAS  
controller into the controller retention bracket.  
8. Install the SAS riser card and controller assembly (see “Removing the SAS riser  
If you have other optional devices to install or remove, do so now. Otherwise, go to  
Notes:  
1. When you restart the server for the first time after you install a SAS controller  
with a battery, the monitor screen remains blank while the controller initializes  
the battery. This might take a few minutes, after which the startup process  
continues. This is a one-time occurrence.  
Important: You must allow the initialization process to be completed. If you do  
not, the battery pack will not work, and the server might not start.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 205  
The battery comes partially charged, at 30% or less of capacity. Run the server  
for 4 to 6 hours to fully charge the controller battery. The LED just above the  
battery on the controller remains lit until the battery is fully charged.  
Until the battery is fully charged, the controller firmware sets the controller  
cache to write-through mode; after the battery is fully charged, the controller  
firmware re-enables write-back mode.  
2. When you restart the server, you will be given the opportunity to import the  
existing RAID configuration to the new SAS controller.  
Moving the SAS-controller retention bracket  
Note: This procedure applies only to servers that have the following SAS riser card  
installed.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
USB connector  
PCI Express RAID adapter  
SATA tape signal  
Tape drive power  
SAS controller error LED  
USB tape  
To move the SAS-controller retention bracket to a different position to accommodate  
the dimensions of the current SAS controller, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Make sure that the server and all peripheral devices are turned off and that the  
power cords and all external cables are disconnected.  
3. Remove the SAS riser-card assembly from the server (see “Removing the SAS  
4. Remove the RAID controller from the SAS riser card.  
206 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
RAID controller  
Retention bracket  
SAS riser card  
5. Remove the retention bracket from the current location:  
a. Pinch the bottoms of both bracket posts and push the posts up out of the  
SAS riser-card assembly.  
b. Rotate the bracket ꢀ2ꢁ to free the bracket tab from the slot on the SAS  
riser-card assembly ꢀ1ꢁ.  
6. Install the retention bracket in the new location on the SAS riser-card assembly:  
a. Insert the bracket tab ꢀ2ꢁ into the slot on the SAS riser-card assemblyꢀ1ꢁ.  
b. Rotate the bracket so that the bracket posts align with the holes in the SAS  
riser-card assembly.  
c. Press the posts through the holes in the SAS riser-card assembly until they  
click into place.  
d. Install the SAS controller on the SAS riser card (see “Installing a SAS  
e. Install the riser-card assembly in the server (see “Installing the SAS riser  
f. Connect the power cords and all external cables, and turn on the server and  
peripheral devices.  
Removing a SAS controller battery from the remote battery tray  
To remove a SAS controller battery from the remote battery tray, complete the  
following steps:  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 207  
 
1. Read the safety information that begins on page Chapter 2, “Safety information,”  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
4. Locate the remote battery tray in the server and remove the battery that you  
want to replace:  
a. Remove the battery retention clip ꢀ2ꢁ from the tabs ꢀ1ꢁ that secure the  
battery ꢀ4ꢁ to the remote battery tray ꢀ3ꢁ.  
b. Lift the battery and battery carrier from the tray and carefully disconnect the  
remote battery cable from the interposer card on the SAS controller.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Remote battery cable connector  
Remote battery cable  
c. Disconnect the battery carrier cable from the battery.  
d. Squeeze the clip on the side of the battery and battery carrier to remove the  
battery from the battery carrier.  
Note: If your battery and battery carrier are attached with screws instead of  
a locking-clip mechanism, remove the three screws to remove the  
208 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
battery from the battery carrier.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
Battery cable  
Remote battery cable connector  
Battery  
Battery carrier  
Battery connector  
e. If you are instructed to return the SAS controller battery, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied  
to you.  
Installing a SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray  
To install a SAS controller battery on the remote battery tray, complete the following  
steps:  
1. Install the replacement battery on the remote battery tray:  
a. Place the replacement battery on the battery carrier from which the former  
battery had been removed, and connect the battery carrier cable to the  
replacement battery.  
b. Connect the remote battery cable to the interposer card.  
Attention: To avoid damage to the hardware, make sure that you align the  
black dot on the cable connector with the black dot on the connector on the  
interposer card. Do not force the remote battery cable into the connector.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 209  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
Remote battery cable connector  
Remote battery cable  
c. On the remote battery tray, find the pattern of recessed rings that matches  
the posts on the battery and battery carrier.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
Posts  
Battery retention clip  
Battery  
Battery tray  
Post  
Rings  
d. Press the posts into the rings and underneath the tabs on the remote  
battery tray.  
e. Secure the battery to the tray with the battery retention clip.  
210 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Removing a hot-swap hard disk drive  
Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more  
than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay.  
To remove a hard disk drive from a hot-swap bay, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Press up on the release latch ꢀ2ꢁ at the top of the drive front.  
3. Rotate the handle ꢀ1ꢁ on the drive downward to the open position.  
4. Pull the hot-swap drive assembly out of the bay approximately 25 mm (1 inch).  
Wait approximately 45 seconds while the drive spins down before you remove  
the drive assembly completely from the bay.  
5. If you are instructed to return the hot-swap drive, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Installing a hot-swap hard disk drive  
Locate the documentation that comes with the hard disk drive and follow those  
instructions in addition to the instructions in this section.  
The following notes describe the type of hard disk drive that the server supports  
and other information that you must consider when installing a hard disk drive:  
v The server supports eight 2.5-inch hot-swap hard disk drives installed on  
Ultra-Slim hard disk drive trays for 2.5-inch drives. An optional 4–drive-bay kit is  
available for 12–drive-capable server models. For a list of supported 2.5-inch  
v All hot-swap drives in the server should have the same throughput speed rating.  
Mixing hard disk drives with different speed ratings will cause all drives to  
operate at the lower throughput speed.  
v The ID that is assigned to each bay is printed on the front of the server above  
the drive bay.  
Important: Do not install a SCSI hard disk drive in this server.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 211  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Handle  
Latch  
Filler panel handle  
To install a drive in a hot-swap bay, complete the following steps.  
Attention: To maintain proper system cooling, do not operate the server for more  
than 10 minutes without either a drive or a filler panel installed in each bay.  
1. Orient the drive as shown in the illustration.  
2. Make sure that the tray handle is open.  
3. Align the drive assembly with the guide rails in the bay.  
4. Gently push the drive assembly into the bay until the drive stops.  
5. Push the tray handle to the closed (locked) position.  
6. If the system is turned on, check the hard disk drive status LED to verify that  
the hard disk drive is operating correctly.  
After you replace a failed hard disk drive, the green activity LED flashes as the disk  
spins up. The amber LED turns off after approximately 1 minute. If the new drive  
starts to rebuild, the amber LED flashes slowly, and the green activity LED remains  
lit during the rebuild process. If the amber LED remains lit, see “Hard disk drive  
Note: You might have to reconfigure the disk arrays after you install hard disk  
drives.  
212 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Removing a CD-RW/DVD drive  
To remove the CD-RW/DVD drive, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect all power cords and  
external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack; then, remove the cover (see “Removing the  
4. Press the release tab down ꢀ1ꢁ to release the drive; then, while you press the  
tab, push the drive toward the front of the server.  
5. From the front of the server, pull the drive out of the bay ꢀ2ꢁ.  
6. Remove the drive retention clip ꢀ1ꢁ from the drive (held with alignment pins  
ꢀ2ꢁ).  
7. If you are instructed to return the CD-RW/DVD drive, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 213  
 
Installing a CD-RW/DVD drive  
To install the replacement CD-RW/DVD drive, complete the following steps.  
1. Attach the drive-retention clip ꢀ1ꢁ to the side of the drive.  
2. Slide the drive into the CD/DVD drive bay (using the alignment pins ꢀ2ꢁ) until  
the drive clicks into place.  
4. Slide the server into the rack.  
5. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing a tape drive  
The following illustration shows how to remove an optional tape drive from the  
server.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
SAS riser card  
To remove a tape drive from the server, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cords and  
all external cables.  
3. Slide the server out of the rack; then, remove the cover (see “Removing the  
4. Open the tape drive tray release latch ꢀ3ꢁ and slide the drive tray out of the bay  
approximately 25 mm (1 inch).  
5. Disconnect the power and signal cables from the rear of the tape drive.  
6. Pull the drive completely out of the bay.  
214 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
7. Remove the tape drive ꢀ1ꢁ from the drive tray ꢀ2ꢁ by removing the four screws  
on the sides of the tray.  
8. If you are not installing another drive in the bay, insert the tape drive filler panel  
into the empty tape drive bay.  
9. If you are instructed to return the drive, follow all packaging instructions, and  
use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to you.  
Installing a tape drive  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
SAS riser card  
To install a tape drive, complete the following steps:  
1. If the tape drive came with metal spacers on the installed on the sides, remove  
the spacers.  
2. Install the drive tray on the new tape drive as shown, using the four screws  
that you removed from the former drive.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 215  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Tape drive  
Tray  
Latch  
3. Prepare the drive according to the instructions that come with the drive, setting  
any switches or jumpers.  
4. Slide the tape-drive assembly most of the way into the tape-drive bay.  
5. Using the cables from the former tape drive, connect the signal and power  
cables to the back of the tape drive.  
6. Make sure all the cables are out of the way, and slide the tape-drive assembly  
the rest of the way into the tape-drive bay.  
7. Push the tray handle to the closed (locked) position.  
9. Slide the server into the rack.  
10. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on  
the peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing a microprocessor and heat sink  
Attention:  
v Do not allow the thermal grease on the microprocessor and heat sink to come in  
contact with anything. Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal  
grease and the microprocessor socket.  
v Dropping the microprocessor during installation or removal can damage the  
contacts.  
v Do not touch the microprocessor contacts; handle the microprocessor by the  
edges only. Contaminants on the microprocessor contacts, such as oil from your  
skin, can cause connection failures between the contacts and the socket.  
To remove a microprocessor and heat sink, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server and peripheral devices and disconnect the power cord and  
all external cables.  
3. Remove the cover.  
4. Depending on which microprocessor you are removing, remove the following  
components, if necessary:  
216 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v Microprocessor 1: PCI riser-card assembly 1 and DIMM air baffle (see  
v Microprocessor 2: PCI riser-card assembly 2 and microprocessor 2 air baffle  
5. Open the heat-sink release lever to the fully open position.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
Heat-sink release lever  
Microprocessor  
Retainer bracket  
Lock tab  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
6. Lift the heat sink out of the server. If the heat sink sticks to the microprocessor,  
slightly twist the heat sink back and forth to break the seal. After removal,  
place the heat sink on its side on a clean, flat surface.  
7. Release the microprocessor retention latch ꢀ1ꢁ by pressing down on the end,  
moving it to the side, and releasing it to the open (up) position.  
8. Open the microprocessor bracket frame ꢀ4ꢁ by lifting up the tab on the top  
edge. Keep the bracket frame in the open position.  
9. Carefully lift the microprocessor ꢀ2ꢁ straight up and out of the socket, and  
place it on a static-protective surface.  
10. If you are instructed to return the microprocessor, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 217  
Installing a microprocessor and heat sink  
Read the documentation that comes with the microprocessor to determine whether  
you must update the firmware.  
Important: Some cluster solutions require specific code levels or coordinated code  
updates. If the device is part of a cluster solution, verify that the latest  
level of code is supported for the cluster solution before you update the  
code.  
To download the most current level of server firmware, complete the following steps:  
2. Enter your product number (machine type and model number) or select Servers  
and Storage from the Select your product list.  
3. From Family list, select ThinkServer, and click Continue.  
4. Click Downloads and drivers to download firmware updates.  
Important:  
v A startup (boot) microprocessor must always be installed in microprocessor  
connector 1 on the system board.  
v To ensure correct server operation, make sure that you use microprocessors that  
are compatible and you have installed an additional DIMM for microprocessor 2.  
Compatible microprocessors must have the same QuickPath Interconnect (QPI)  
link speed, integrated memory controller frequency, core frequency, power  
segment, cache size, and type.  
v Microprocessors with different stepping levels are supported in this server. If you  
install microprocessors with different stepping levels, it does not matter which  
microprocessor is installed in microprocessor connector 1 or connector 2.  
v If you are installing a microprocessor that has been removed, make sure that it is  
paired with its original heat sink or a new replacement heat sink. Do not reuse a  
heat sink from another microprocessor; the thermal grease distribution might be  
different and might affect conductivity.  
v If you are installing a new heat sink, remove the protective backing from the  
thermal material that is on the underside of the new heat sink.  
v
If you are installing a new heat-sink assembly that did not come with thermal  
grease, see “Thermal grease” on page 220 for instructions for applying thermal  
grease; then, continue with step 1 of this procedure.  
v If you are installing a heat sink that has contaminated thermal grease, see  
“Thermal grease” on page 220 for instructions for replacing the thermal grease;  
then, continue with step 1 of this procedure.  
To install a new or replacement microprocessor, complete the following steps. The  
following illustration shows how to install a microprocessor on the system board.  
1. Touch the static-protective package that contains the microprocessor to any  
unpainted metal surface on the server. Then, remove the microprocessor from  
the package.  
2. Rotate the microprocessor release lever on the socket from its closed and  
locked position until it stops in the fully open position.  
218 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Attention:  
v Do not touch the microprocessor contact; handle the microprocessor by the  
edges only. Contaminants on the microprocessor contacts, such as oil from  
your skin, can cause connection failures between the contacts and the  
socket.  
v Handle the microprocessor carefully. Dropping the microprocessor during  
installation or removal can damage the contacts.  
v Do not use excessive force when you press the microprocessor into the  
socket.  
v Make sure that the microprocessor is oriented and aligned and positioned in  
the socket before you try to close the lever.  
3. Align the microprocessor with the socket (note the alignment mark and the  
position of the notches); then, carefully place the microprocessor on the socket.  
Close the microprocessor bracket frame.  
Note: The microprocessor fits only one way on the socket.  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Microprocessor  
Alignment marks  
Notches  
4. Carefully close the microprocessor release lever to secure the microprocessor in  
the socket.  
5. Install a heat sink on the microprocessor.  
Attention: Do not touch the thermal grease ꢀ1ꢁ on the bottom of the heat sink  
ꢀ2ꢁ or set down the heat sink after you remove the plastic cover. Touching the  
thermal grease will contaminate it.  
The following illustration shows the bottom surface of the heat sink.  
a. Make sure that the heat-sink release lever is in the open position.  
b. Remove the plastic protective cover from the bottom of the heat sink.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 219  
c. If the new heat sink did not come with thermal grease, apply thermal grease  
on the microprocessor before you install the heat sink (see “Thermal  
d. Align the heat sink above the microprocessor with the thermal grease side  
down.  
e. Slide the flange of the heat sink into the opening in the retainer bracket.  
f. Press down firmly on the heat sink until it is seated securely.  
g. Rotate the heat-sink release lever to the closed position and hook it  
underneath the lock tab.  
6. Replace the components that you removed in “Removing a microprocessor and  
v Microprocessor 1: DIMM air baffle and PCI riser-card assembly 1 (see  
v Microprocessor 2: Microprocessor 2 air baffle and PCI riser-card assembly 2  
8. Slide the server into the rack.  
9. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Thermal grease  
The thermal grease must be replaced whenever the heat sink has been removed  
from the top of the microprocessor and is going to be reused or when debris is  
found in the grease.  
To replace damaged or contaminated thermal grease on the microprocessor and  
heat exchanger, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the heat-sink assembly on a clean work surface.  
2. Remove the cleaning pad from its package and unfold it completely.  
3. Use the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the bottom of the heat  
exchanger.  
Note: Make sure that all of the thermal grease is removed.  
4. Use a clean area of the cleaning pad to wipe the thermal grease from the  
microprocessor; then, dispose of the cleaning pad after all of the thermal grease  
is removed.  
5. Use the thermal-grease syringe to place nine uniformly spaced dots of 0.02 mL  
ꢀ1ꢁ each on the top of the microprocessor ꢀ2ꢁ.  
220 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Note: 0.01mL is one tick mark on the syringe. If the grease is properly applied,  
approximately half (0.22 mL) of the grease will remain in the syringe.  
Removing the battery  
Statement 2:  
CAUTION:  
When replacing the lithium battery, use only battery recommended by the  
manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery,  
replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer.  
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or  
disposed of.  
Do not:  
v Throw or immerse into water  
v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)  
v Repair or disassemble  
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.  
To remove the battery, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the  
battery.  
3. Turn off the server and peripheral devices, and disconnect the power cord and  
all external cables.  
4. Slide the server out of the rack.  
6. Disconnect any internal cables, as necessary (see “Internal cable routing and  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 221  
 
7. Locate the battery on the system board ꢀ1ꢁ.  
8. Remove the battery:  
a. Use one finger to push the battery horizontally out of its housing, pushing it  
away from the PCI riser 2.  
b. Lift the battery from the socket.  
9. Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations. See the  
Important Notices and Safety Information on the ThinkServer Documentation  
DVD for more information.  
Installing the battery  
The following notes describe information that you must consider when you replace  
the battery in the server.  
v You must replace the battery with a lithium battery of the same type from the  
same manufacturer.  
222 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
v After you replace the battery, you must reconfigure the server and reset the  
system date and time.  
v To avoid possible danger, read and follow the following safety statement.  
Statement 2:  
CAUTION:  
When replacing the lithium battery, use only battery recommended by the  
manufacturer. If your system has a module containing a lithium battery,  
replace it only with the same module type made by the same manufacturer.  
The battery contains lithium and can explode if not properly used, handled, or  
disposed of.  
Do not:  
v Throw or immerse into water  
v Heat to more than 100°C (212°F)  
v Repair or disassemble  
Dispose of the battery as required by local ordinances or regulations.  
See the Important Notices and Safety Information document on the ThinkServer  
Documentation DVD for more information.  
To install the replacement battery, complete the following steps:  
1. Follow any special handling and installation instructions that come with the  
replacement battery.  
2. Insert the new battery:  
a. Hold the battery in a vertical orientation so that the smaller side is facing the  
housing.  
b. Place the battery into its socket, and press the battery toward the housing  
and the PCI riser 2 until it snaps into place.  
3. Reinstall any adapters that you removed.  
4. Reconnect the internal cables that you disconnected (see “Internal cable routing  
6. Slide the server into the rack.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 223  
7. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Note: You must wait approximately 20 seconds after you connect the power  
cord of the server to an electrical outlet before the power-control button  
becomes active.  
8. Start the Setup utility and reset the configuration.  
v Set the system date and time.  
v Set the power-on password.  
v Reconfigure the server.  
Removing a heat-sink retention module  
To remove a heat-sink retention module, complete the following steps:  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server, and disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
Attention: In the following step, keep each heat sink paired with its  
microprocessor for reinstallation.  
4. Remove the applicable air baffle; then, remove the heat sink and  
for instructions; then, continue with step 5.  
5. Remove the four screws that secure the heat-sink retention module to the  
system board; then, lift the heat-sink retention module from the system board.  
6. If you are instructed to return the heat-sink retention module, follow all  
packaging instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are  
supplied to you.  
Installing a heat-sink retention module  
To install a heat-sink retention module, complete the following steps:  
1. Place the heat-sink retention module in the microprocessor location on the  
system board.  
224 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
2. Install the four screws that secure the module to the system board.  
Attention: Make sure that you install each heat sink with its paired  
microprocessor (see steps 3 and 4 on page 224).  
3. Install the microprocessor, heat sink, and applicable air baffle (see “Installing a  
4. Install the cover.  
5. Slide the server into the rack.  
6. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on the  
peripheral devices and the server.  
Removing the system board  
To remove the system board, complete the following steps.  
1. Read the safety information that begins on page 3.  
2. Turn off the server, and disconnect all power cords and external cables.  
3. Pull the power supplies out of the rear of the server; just enough to disengage  
them from the server.  
4. Remove the server cover (see “Removing the cover” on page 159).  
Note: When you replace the system board, you must either update the server  
with the latest firmware or restore the pre-existing firmware that the  
customer provides on a diskette or CD image. Make sure that you have  
the latest firmware or a copy of the pre-existing firmware before you  
proceed.  
5. Remove the following components and place them on a static-protective  
surface for reinstallation:  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 225  
 
v The riser-card assemblies with adapters (see “Removing a PCI riser-card  
v The SAS riser card and controller assembly (see “Removing the SAS riser  
6. If an Ethernet daughter card is installed in the server, remove it.  
7. If a virtual media key is installed in the server, remove it. (See “Removing a  
8. Remove the air baffles (see “Removing the DIMM air baffle” on page 177 and  
Important: Note which DIMMs are in which connectors, before you remove the  
DIMMs. You must install them in the same configuration on the replacement  
system board.  
9. Remove all DIMMs, and place them on a static-protective surface for  
10. Remove the fans and fan bracket (see “Removing a hot-swap fan” on page  
11. Disconnect all cables from the system board.  
Attention: In the following step, do not allow the thermal grease to come in  
contact with anything, and keep each heat sink paired with its microprocessor  
for reinstallation. Contact with any surface can compromise the thermal grease  
and the microprocessor socket; a mismatch between the microprocessor and  
its original heat sink can require the installation of a new heat sink instead.  
12. Remove each microprocessor heat sink and microprocessor; then, place them  
on a static-protective surface for reinstallation (see “Removing a  
13. Push in and lift up the two system board release latches on either side of the  
fan cage.  
14. Slide the system board forward and tilt it away from the power supplies. Using  
the lift handle, pull the system board out of the server.  
15. If you are instructed to return the system board, follow all packaging  
instructions, and use any packaging materials for shipping that are supplied to  
you.  
Installing the system board  
Notes:  
1. When you reassemble the components in the server, be sure to route all cables  
carefully so that they are not exposed to excessive pressure.  
2. When you replace the system board, you must either update the server with the  
latest firmware or restore the pre-existing firmware that the customer provides  
on a diskette or CD image.  
226 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
To reinstall the system board, complete the following steps.  
1. Align the system board as tilted shown, then rotate and lower it flat and slide it  
back toward the rear of the server.  
2. Reconnect to the system board the cables that you disconnected in step 11 of  
3. Rotate the system board release latch toward the rear of the server until the  
latch clicks into place.  
4. Install the fans.  
5. Install each microprocessor with its matching heat sink (see “Installing a  
6. Install the DIMMs (see “Installing a DIMM” on page 192).  
7. Install the air baffles (see “Installing the DIMM air baffle” on page 178) and  
8. Install the SAS riser-card and controller assembly (see “Installing the SAS riser  
9. If necessary, install the Ethernet daughter card.  
10. If necessary, install the virtual media key.  
11. Install the PCI riser-card assemblies and all adapters (see “Installing a PCI  
13. Push the power supplies back into the server.  
14. Slide the server into the rack.  
15. Reconnect the external cables; then, reconnect the power cords and turn on  
the peripheral devices and the server.  
Important: Either update the server with the latest SAS firmware or restore the  
pre-existing firmware from a diskette or CD image.  
Completing the installation  
To complete the installation, complete the following steps:  
1. If you removed the microprocessor 2 air baffle, replace the microprocessor 2 air  
2. If you removed the DIMM air baffle, install it now (see “Installing the DIMM air  
3. If you removed either of the PCI riser-card assemblies, replace the riser-card  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 227  
 
4. If you removed the server cover, replace it:  
a. Make sure that all internal cables are correctly routed.  
b. Place the cover-release latch ꢀ1ꢁ in the open (up) position.  
c. Insert the bottom tabs of the top cover into the matching slots in the server  
chassis.  
d. Press down on the cover-release latch to slide the cover forward and lock  
the cover in place.  
e. Slide the server into the rack.  
5. Install the server in a rack. See the Rack Installation Instructions that come with  
the server for complete rack installation and removal instructions.  
6. To attach peripheral devices and connect the power cords, see “Connecting the  
Connecting the cables  
The following illustrations show the locations of the input and output connectors on  
the front and rear of the server.  
Front view  
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
Video connector  
USB 1 connector  
USB 2 connector  
Rear view  
228 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
ꢀ1ꢁ  
ꢀ2ꢁ  
ꢀ3ꢁ  
ꢀ4ꢁ  
ꢀ5ꢁ  
ꢀ6ꢁ  
Ethernet 3 (optional)  
Ethernet 4 (optional)  
Power supply 1  
Power supply 2  
Power cord connectors  
USB 4  
ꢀ7ꢁ  
ꢀ8ꢁ  
ꢀ9ꢁ  
ꢀ10ꢁ  
ꢀ11ꢁ  
ꢀ12ꢁ  
USB 3  
Serial  
Video  
Ethernet 2  
Ethernet 1  
Systems-management (Ethernet)  
You must turn off the server before you connect or disconnect cables from the  
server. Exception: in order to view the error LEDs inside the server, you must  
leave the power cables connected to the power supplies.  
See the documentation that comes with any external devices for additional cabling  
instructions. It might be easier for you to route cables before you connect the  
devices to the server.  
Cable identifiers are printed on the cables that come with the server and optional  
devices. Use these identifiers to connect the cables to the correct connectors.  
If the server comes with an installed operating system, see the documentation that  
comes with the operating system for additional cabling instructions.  
Updating the server configuration  
When you start the server for the first time after you add or remove an internal  
device, external SAS device, or USB keyboard or mouse, you might receive a  
message that the configuration has changed. The Server Configuration and Boot  
Management program starts automatically so that you can save the new  
configuration settings.  
Some optional devices have device drivers that you must install. See the  
documentation that comes with each optional device for information about installing  
device drivers.  
Chapter 6. Removing and installing FRUs 229  
230 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779,  
3797, and 3798  
The following replaceable components are available for the ThinkServer RD220  
Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 server, except as specified otherwise in  
“Replaceable server components.” To check for an updated parts listing on the  
Web, go to:  
http://www.lenovo.com/support for the information.  
Replaceable server components  
The four types of replaceable components are:  
v Consumables: Purchase and replacement of consumables (components, such  
as batteries and printer cartridges, that have depleting life) is your responsibility.  
If Lenovo acquires or installs a consumable component at your request, you will  
be charged for the service.  
v Self-service CRUs: these CRUs unplug or are secured by no more than two  
screws. Examples of these types of CRUs include a USB device or the power  
cord. Other Self-service CRUs depending on product design might include  
hot-swap hard disk drives, hot-swap fans, hot-swap power supplies, memory  
DIMMs, and RAID cards.  
v Optional-service CRUs: these CRUs are isolated parts within the server and are  
concealed by an access panel that is typically secured by more than two screws.  
Once the access panel is removed, the specific CRU is visible. One example of  
an option-service CRU is the DASD backplane.  
v Both types of CRUs are listed in the table on the following page.  
v Field replaceable unit (FRU): FRUs must be installed only by trained service  
technicians.  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
231  
 
The following illustration shows the major components in the server. The  
illustrations in this document might differ slightly from your hardware.  
232 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
The following table lists the part numbers for the server components.  
Table 13. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3729  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Cover (models CTO All Models)  
49Y5363  
43V7064  
43V7063  
49Y4820  
PCI Express riser card assembly (1 x 16) (models CTO)  
PCI Express riser card assembly (2 x 8) (models CTO)  
Heat sink (models CTO All Models)  
Microprocessor - 2.93 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.80 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.67 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.53 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.40 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocesso10r - 2.00 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
46D1262  
46D1263  
46D1264  
46D1265  
46D1266  
46D1267  
46D1268  
46D1269  
46D1270  
46D1271  
46D1272  
Microprocessor - Dual Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz  
4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 18U 18S  
18Y 18G 18M 18A 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 19U 19S 19Y  
19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19H 19R 19E)  
6
7
Microprocessor retention module (models CTO All Models)  
49Y4822  
46U1991  
Memory, 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM (models CTO  
18U 18S 18Y 18G 18M 18Q 18T 18H 18R 18E 19U 19S  
19Y 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19H 19R 19E)  
7
7
7
8
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM (models CTO)  
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM (models CTO)  
Memory, 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (models CTO)  
46U1992  
46U1993  
46U1994  
System board (models CTO 18U 18S 18Y 18G 18M 18E  
19U 19S 19Y 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19H 19R 19E)  
43V7072  
10  
11  
12  
14  
Power supply, 675 W (models CTO All Models)  
DVD drive (models CTO)  
39Y7201  
44W3254  
46U2140  
49Y5359  
Operator information panel (models CTO All Models)  
2.5 inch hot-swap hard disk drive filler panel (models CTO  
All Models)  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
SAS 4–hard disk drive backplane (models CTO)  
Riser Card (models CTO)  
43V7070  
43V7065  
49Y5362  
49Y5361  
49Y5357  
42D0545  
43V7073  
Fan cage (models CTO All Models)  
Fans (models CTO All Models)  
DIMM air baffle (models CTO All Models)  
Virtual Media Key (models CTO All Models)  
Ethernet card (models CTO)  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 233  
Table 13. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3729 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
Mulitburn (models CTO)  
44W3256  
46U1988  
46U2117  
Hard disk drive, 300Gb 2.5SFF (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
46U2120  
46U2124  
46U2128  
46U2759  
46U2760  
Hard disk drive, 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 500GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 160GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
SAS/SATA backplane (models CTO)  
43V7070  
SAS Raid Connector (models CTO)  
44E8796  
N/A  
Microprocessor air baffle (included in air baffle kit)  
ServeRAID battery (models CTO All Models)  
Remote RAID battery tray (models CTO All Models)  
Chassis assembly (models CTO All Models)  
Cable assembly, simple swap (models CTO All Models)  
Cable management arm (models CTO All Models)  
HBA SAS adapter (models CTO all Models)  
43W4342  
49Y5355  
49Y5368  
49Y5354  
49Y4817  
44E8701  
Integrated Management Module (IMM) Premium HW Key  
(models CTO)  
46C7528  
RISER Kimmi adapter (models CTO)  
43V7067  
43W4341  
44E8696  
43W4301  
39Y6100  
LSI MR10M SAS/SATA controller (models CTO)  
MR-10is SAS/SATA controller (models CTO all Models)  
LSI MR-10i battery (models CTO all Models)  
NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter (models  
CTO all Models)  
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet adapter (models CTO  
all Models)  
39Y6070  
44E8690  
BR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO 18U 18S 18Y  
18G 18M 18E 19U 19S 19Y 19G 19M 19A 19Q 19T 19H  
19R 19E)  
MR-10i SATA/SAS Controller (models CTO)  
Op Panel adapter (models CTO)  
43W4297  
44E4372  
46M6441  
Cable, power (4 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
Cable, power (8 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
46M6443  
234 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 13. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3729 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
Cable, operator information panel (models CTO All  
Models)  
46C4139  
Cable, SAS signal (165 mm) (models CTO All models)  
Cable, SAS signal (200 mm) (models CTO All models)  
Cable, USB/video (models CTO All Models)  
46M6439  
46M6437  
46C4146  
46M3560  
Bling Bling Ops Diag Panel (models CTO All models)  
Table 14. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3779  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Cover (models CTO All Models)  
49Y5363  
43V7064  
43V7063  
49Y4820  
PCI Express riser card assembly (1 x 16) (models CTO)  
PCI Express riser card assembly (2 x 8) (models CTO)  
Heat sink (models CTO All Models)  
Microprocessor - 2.93 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.80 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.67 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.53 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.40 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.00 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
46D1262  
46D1263  
46D1264  
46D1265  
46D1266  
46D1267  
46D1268  
46D1269  
46D1270  
46D1271  
46D1272  
Microprocessor - Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz  
4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 1AU  
1AS 1AY 1AG 1AM 1AE)  
6
7
Microprocessor retention module (models CTO All Models)  
49Y4822  
46U1991  
Memory, 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM (models CTO  
1AU 1AS 1AY 1AG 1AM 1AE)  
7
7
7
8
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1992  
46U1993  
46U1994  
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
Memory, 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
System board (models CTO 1AU 1AS 1AY 1AG 1AM  
1AE)  
43V7072  
10  
11  
12  
Power supply, 675 W (models CTO All Models)  
DVD drive (models CTO)  
39Y7201  
44W3254  
46U2140  
Operator information panel (models CTO All Models)  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 235  
Table 14. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3779 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
14  
2.5 inch hot-swap hard disk drive filler panel (models CTO  
All Models)  
49Y5359  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Riser Card (models CTO)  
43V7065  
SAS 4–hard disk drive backplane (models CTO)  
Fan cage (models CTO All Models)  
Fans (models CTO All Models)  
43V7070  
49Y5362  
49Y5361  
49Y5357  
42D0545  
43V7073  
44W3256  
46U1988  
DIMM air baffle (models CTO All Models)  
Virtual Media Key (models CTO All Models)  
Ethernet card (models CTO)  
Mulitburn (models CTO)  
Hard disk drive, 300Gb 2.5SFF (models CTO All  
Models)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
46U2117  
46U2120  
46U2124  
46U2128  
46U2759  
46U2760  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 500GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 160GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
SAS/SATA backplane (models CTO)  
43V7070  
SAS Raid Connector (models CTO)  
44E8796  
N/A  
Microprocessor air baffle (included in air baffle kit)  
ServeRAID battery (models CTO All Models)  
Remote RAID battery tray (models CTO All Models)  
HBA SAS adapter (models CTO all Models)  
43W4342  
49Y5355  
44E8701  
Integrated Management Module (IMM) Premium HW Key  
(models CTO)  
46C7528  
RISER Kimmi adapter (models CTO)  
43V7067  
43W4341  
44E8696  
43W4301  
39Y6100  
LSI MR10M SAS/SATA controller (models CTO)  
MR-10is SAS/SATA Controller (models CTO all Models)  
LSI MR-10i battery (models CTO all Models)  
NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter (models  
CTO all Models)  
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet adapter (models  
CTO all Models)  
39Y6070  
44E8690  
BR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO 1AU 1AS 1AY  
1AG 1AM 1AE)  
236 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 14. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3779 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
MR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO)  
Op Panel adapter (models CTO)  
43W4297  
44E4372  
44E8763  
49Y5368  
49Y5354  
49Y4817  
46M6441  
CARRIER/DAUGHT adapter (models CTO)  
Chassis assembly (models CTO All Models)  
Cable assembly, simple swap (models CTO All Models)  
Cable management arm (models CTO All Models)  
Cable, power (4 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
Cable, power (8 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
46M6443  
46C4139  
Cable, operator information panel (models CTO All  
Models)  
Cable, SAS signal (165 mm) (models CTO All models)  
Cable, SAS signal (200 mm) (models CTO All models)  
Cable, USB/video (models CTO All Models)  
46M6439  
46M6437  
46C4146  
46M3560  
Bling Bling Ops Diag Panel (models CTO All models)  
Table 15. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3797  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
3
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
7
Cover (models CTO)  
49Y5363  
43V7064  
43V7063  
49Y4820  
PCI Express riser card assembly (1 x 16) (models CTO)  
PCI Express riser card assembly (2 x 8) (models CTO)  
Heat sink (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.93 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.80 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.67 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.53 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.40 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.26 GHz 60 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.00 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 1.86 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor retention module (models CTO)  
46D1262  
46D1263  
46D1264  
46D1265  
46D1266  
46D1267  
46D1268  
46D1269  
46D1270  
46D1271  
46D1272  
49Y4822  
46U1991  
Memory, 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
7
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1992  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 237  
Table 15. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3797 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
7
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1993  
7
Memory, 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1994  
8
System board (models CTO)  
43V7072  
10  
11  
12  
14  
Power supply, 675 W (models CTO)  
DVD drive (models CTO)  
39Y7201  
44W3254  
46U2140  
49Y5359  
Operator information panel (models CTO All Models)  
2.5 inch hot-swap hard disk drive filler panel (models  
CTO)  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
SAS 4–hard disk drive backplane (models CTO)  
Riser Card (models CTO)  
43V7070  
43V7065  
49Y5362  
49Y5361  
49Y5357  
49Y4821  
42D0545  
43V7073  
44W3256  
46U1988  
46U2117  
Fan cage (models CTO)  
Fans (models CTO)  
DIMM air baffle (models CTO)  
Power supply bay filler (models CTO)  
Virtual Media Key (models CTO)  
Ethernet card (models CTO)  
Mulitburn (models CTO)  
Hard disk drive, 300Gb 2.5SFF (models CTO)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
46U2120  
46U2124  
46U2128  
46U2759  
46U2760  
Hard disk drive, 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 500GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 160GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
SAS/SATA backplane (models CTO)  
SAS Raid Connector (models CTO)  
43V7070  
46C7528  
44E8796  
N/A  
Microprocessor air baffle (included in air baffle kit)  
ServeRAID battery (models CTO)  
43W4342  
44E8701  
HBA SAS adapter (models CTO all Models)  
Integrated Management Module (IMM) Premium HW key  
(models CTO)  
RISER Kimmi adapter (models CTO)  
43V7067  
43W4341  
LSI MR10M SAS/SATA controller (models CTO)  
238 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 15. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3797 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
MR-10is SAS/SATA controller (models CTO all Models)  
LSI MR-10i battery (models CTO all Models)  
44E8696  
43W4301  
39Y6100  
NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter (CTO all  
Models)  
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet adapter (CTO all  
Models)  
39Y6070  
BR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO)  
CARRIER/DAUGHT adapter (models CTO)  
MR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO)  
Op Panel adapter (models CTO)  
44E8690  
44E8763  
43W4297  
44E4372  
49Y5355  
49Y5368  
49Y5354  
49Y4817  
46M6441  
46M6443  
46C4139  
46M6439  
46M6437  
46C4146  
46M3560  
Remote RAID battery tray (models CTO)  
Chassis assembly (models CTO)  
Cable assembly, simple swap (models CTO)  
Cable management arm (models CTO)  
Cable, power (4 hard disk drives) (models CTO)  
Cable, power (8 hard disk drives) (models CTO)  
Cable, operator information panel (models CTO)  
Cable, SAS signal (165 mm) (models CTO)  
Cable, SAS signal (200 mm) (models CTO)  
Cable, USB/video (models CTO)  
Bling Bling Ops Diag Panel (models CTO)  
Table 16. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3798  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
1
2
Cover (models CTO All Models)  
49Y5363  
43V7064  
PCI Express riser card assembly (1 x 16) (models CTO All  
Models)  
3
PCI Express riser card assembly (2 x 8) (models CTO All  
Models)  
43V7063  
49Y4820  
4
5
5
5
5
Heat sink (models CTO All Models)  
Microprocessor - 2.93 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.80 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
Microprocessor - 2.67 GHz 95 W (models CTO)  
46D1262  
46D1263  
46D1264  
46D1265  
Microprocessor - Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5540 (2.53GHz  
8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 1JG  
1JM 1JV 1JE 1LU 1LS 1LY 1LG 1LM 1LV 1LE)  
5
Microprocessor - 2.40 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
46D1266  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 239  
Table 16. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3798 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
5
Microprocessor - Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5520 (2.26GHz  
8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 15G  
15M 15V 15E 1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE 1EG 1EM 1EV 1EE  
1FU 1FS 1FY 1FG 1FM 1FV 1FE 1HG 1HM 1HV 1HE)  
46D1267  
46D1268  
46D1269  
46D1270  
5
5
5
Microprocessor - 2.13 GHz 60 W (models CTO 13U 13S  
13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13V 13R 13E 14U 14S  
14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14V 14R 14E 17U 17S  
17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17V 17R 17E)  
Microprocessor - Quad-Core Intel Xeon L5520 (2.26GHz  
8MB L2 Cache 1066MHz FSB LV 60w) (models CTO 15G  
15M 15V 15E 1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE 1EG 1EM 1EV 1EE  
1FU 1FS 1FY 1FG 1FM 1FV 1FE 1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE)  
Microprocessor - Quad-Core Intel Xeon E5506 (2.13GHz  
4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 13U 13S  
13Y 13G 13M 13V 13E 14G 14M 14V14E 17G 17M 17V  
17E)  
5
5
Microprocessor - 2.00 GHz 80 W (models CTO)  
46D1271  
46D1272  
Microprocessor - Dual-Core Intel Xeon E5502 (1.86GHz  
4MB L2 Cache 800MHz FSB 80w) (models CTO 11G 11M  
11V 11E 16U 16S 16Y 16G 16M 16V 16E)  
6
7
Microprocessor retention module (models CTO All Models)  
49Y4822  
46U1991  
Memory, 1GB DDR3-1333 1Rx8 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
7
7
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 2Rx8 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1992  
46U1993  
Memory, 2GB DDR3-1333 1Rx4 LP RDIMM (models CTO  
11G 11M 11V 11E 12U 12S 12Y 12G 12M 12V 12E 13U  
13S 13Y 13G 13M 13V 13E 14G 14M 14V 14E 15G 15M  
15V 15E 16U 16S 16Y 16G 16M 16V 16E 17G 17M 17V  
17E 1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE 1EG 1EM 1EV 1EE 1HG 1HM  
1HV 1HE 1JG 1JM 1JV 1JE 1LU 1LS 1LY 1LG 1LM 1LV  
1LE)  
7
8
Memory, 4GB DDR3-1333 2Rx4 LP RDIMM (models  
CTO)  
46U1994  
System board (models CTO 11G 11M 11V 11E 13U 13S  
13Y 13G 13M 13V 13E 14G 14M 14V 14E 15G 15M 15V  
15E 16U 16S 16Y 16G 16M 16V 16E 17G 17M 17V 17E  
1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE 1EG 1EM 1EV 1EE 1FU 1FS 1FY  
1FG 1FM 1FV 1FE 1HG 1HM 1HV 1HE 1JG 1JM 1JV  
1JE 1LU 1LS 1LY 1LG 1LM 1LV 1LE)  
43V7072  
10  
11  
Power supply, 675 W (models CTO All Models)  
DVD drive (models CTO)  
39Y7201  
44W3254  
240 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Table 16. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3798 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
11  
DVD drive, Ultraslim Enhanced SATA Multi-Burner  
(Rambo) (models CTO 11G 11M 11A 11Q 11T 11H 11V  
11R 11E 12U 12S 12Y 12G 12M 12A 12Q 12T 12H 12V  
12R 12E 13U 13S 13Y 13G 13M 13A 13Q 13T 13H 13V  
13R 13E 14U 14S 14Y 14G 14M 14A 14Q 14T 14H 14V  
14R 14E 15U 15S 15Y 15G 15M 15A 15Q 15T 15H 15V  
15R 15E 16U 16S 16Y 16G 16M 16A 16Q 16T 16H 16V  
16R 16E 17U 17S 17Y 17G 17M 17A 17Q 17T 17H 17V  
17R 17E 1DG 1DM 1DA 1DQ 1DT 1DH 1DV 1DR 1DE  
1EG 1EM 1EA 1EQ 1ET 1EH 1EV 1ER 1EE 1FU 1FS  
1FY 1FG 1FM 1FA 1FQ 1FT 1FH 1FV 1FR 1FE 1HG  
1HM 1HA 1HQ 1HT 1HH 1HV 1HR 1HE 1JG 1JM 1JA  
1JQ 1JT 1JH 1JV 1JR 1JE 1LU 1LS 1LY 1LG 1LM 1LA  
1LQ 1LT 1LH 1LV 1LR 1LE)  
44W3256  
12  
14  
Operator information panel (models CTO All Models)  
46U2140  
49Y5359  
2.5 inch hot-swap hard disk drive filler panel (models CTO  
All Models)  
15  
SAS 4–hard disk drive backplane (models CTO All  
Models)  
43V7070  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Riser Card (models CTO All Models)  
Fan cage (models CTO All Models)  
43V7065  
49Y5362  
49Y5361  
49Y5357  
49Y4821  
42D0545  
43V7073  
46U1988  
Fans (models CTO All Models)  
DIMM air baffle (models CTO All Models)  
Power supply bay filler (models CTO All Models)  
Virtual Media Key (models CTO All Models)  
Ethernet card (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 300Gb 2.5SFF (models CTO All  
Models)  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
46U2117  
46U2120  
46U2124  
46U2128  
46U2759  
46U2760  
Hard disk drive, 146GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 300GB 10K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 73GB 15K SFF 6Gbps HS HDD (models  
CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 500GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
Hard disk drive, 160GB 2.57200rpm 3GB/s Hot-Swap  
SATA (models CTO All Models)  
SAS/SATA backplane (models CTO All Models)  
SAS Raid Connector (models CTO All Models)  
Microprocessor air baffle (included in air baffle kit)  
43V7070  
44E8796  
N/A  
Cosmetic 8 drive + tape bezel (models CTO 11G 11M 11V  
11E 13U 13S 13Y 13G 13M 13V 13E 1EG 1EM 1EV  
1EE)  
46U1989  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 241  
Table 16. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3798 (continued)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 1)  
CRU part  
number  
(Tier 2)  
FRU part  
number  
Index  
Description  
COSMETIC 12DR (models CTO 14G 14M 14V 14E 15G  
15M 15V 15E 16U 16S 16Y 16G 16M 16V 16E 17G 17M  
17V 17E 1DG 1DM 1DV 1DE 1FU 1FS 1FY 1FG 1FM  
1FV 1FE 1HG 1HM 1HV 1HE 1JG 1JM 1JV 1JE 1LU 1LS  
1LY 1LG 1LM 1LV1LE)  
46U1990  
Slide kit (models CTO All Models)  
49Y4816  
44E8701  
HBA SAS adapter (models CTO all Models)  
Integrated Management Module (IMM) Premium HW Key  
(models CTO all Models)  
46C7528  
RISER Kimmi adapter (models CTO all Models)  
LSI MR10M SAS/SATA controller (models CTO)  
MR-10is SAS/SATA controller (models CTO all Models)  
LSI MR-10i battery (models CTO all Models)  
43V7067  
43W4341  
44E8696  
43W4301  
39Y6100  
NetXtreme 1000 Express G Ethernet adapter (models  
CTO all Models)  
NetXtreme II 1000 Express Ethernet adapter (models  
CTO all Models)  
39Y6070  
BR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO All Models)  
CARRIER/DAUGHT adapter (models CTO All Models)  
MR-10i SATA/SAS controller (models CTO All Models)  
Op Panel adapter (models CTO All Models)  
44E8690  
44E8763  
43W4297  
44E4372  
43W4342  
49Y5355  
49Y5368  
49Y5354  
49Y4817  
46M6441  
ServeRAID battery (models CTO All Models)  
Remote RAID battery tray (models CTO All Models)  
Chassis assembly (models CTO All Models)  
Cable assembly, simple swap (models CTO All Models)  
Cable management arm (models CTO AlModels)  
Cable, power (4 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
Cable, power (8 hard disk drives) (models CTO All  
Models)  
46M6443  
46C4139  
Cable, operator information panel (models CTO All  
Models)  
Cable, SAS signal (165 mm) (models CTO All Models)  
Cable, SAS signal (200 mm) (models CTO All Models)  
Cable, USB/video (models CTO All Models)  
46M6439  
46M6437  
46C4146  
46M3560  
Bling Bling Ops Diag Panel (models CTO All Models)  
242 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Consumable parts  
The following consumable parts are available for purchase from the retail store.  
Table 17. Consumable parts, Type 3729  
Index  
Description  
Part number  
33F8354  
43W4301  
Battery, 3.0 volt  
ServeRAID-MR10i battery  
Table 18. Consumable parts, Type 3779  
Index  
Description  
Part number  
Battery, 3.0 volt  
33F8354  
43W4301  
ServeRAID-MR10i battery  
Table 19. Consumable parts, Type 3797  
Index  
Description  
Part number  
Battery, 3.0 volt  
33F8354  
43W4301  
ServeRAID-MR10i battery  
Table 20. Consumable parts, Type 3798  
Index  
Description  
Part number  
Battery, 3.0 volt  
33F8354  
43W4301  
ServeRAID-MR10i battery  
To order a consumable part, go to:  
http://www.lenovo.com/support for the information.  
If you need help with your order, call the toll-free number that is listed on the retail  
parts page, or contact your local Lenovo representative for assistance.  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 243  
 
Power cords  
For your safety, Lenovo provides a power cord with a grounded attachment plug to  
use with this product. To avoid electrical shock, always use the power cord and plug  
with a properly grounded outlet.  
Lenovo power cords used in the United States and Canada are listed by  
Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards  
Association (CSA).  
For units intended to be operated at 115 volts: Use a UL-listed and CSA-certified  
cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT, three-conductor cord,  
a maximum of 15 feet in length and a parallel blade, grounding-type attachment  
plug rated 15 amperes, 125 volts.  
For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (U.S.): Use a UL-listed and  
CSA-certified cord set consisting of a minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT,  
three-conductor cord, a maximum of 15 feet in length and a tandem blade,  
grounding-type attachment plug rated 15 amperes, 250 volts.  
For units intended to be operated at 230 volts (outside the U.S.): Use a cord set  
with a grounding-type attachment plug. The cord set should have the appropriate  
safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will be installed.  
Power cords for a specific country or region are usually available only in that  
country or region.  
Table 21. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3729  
Power cord part  
number  
Used in these countries and regions  
Argentina 2.8M (models CTO 18Y 19Y)  
US/Canada 2.8M (models CTO 18U 18S 18V 19U 19S 19V)  
Japan 2.8M (models CTO 18E 19E )  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
39M5068  
39M5081  
39M5199  
39M5123  
39M5165  
39M5102  
39M5130  
39M5144  
39M5151  
39M5158  
39M5172  
39M5179  
39M5219  
39M5226  
39M5233  
39M5247  
Italy 2.8M (models CTO 18Y 18G 19Y 19G)  
ANZ 2.8M (models CTO 18M 19M)  
Denmark 2.8M (models CTO 18G 189G)  
S. Africa 2.8M (models CTO 18G 18M 19G 19M)  
UK 2.8M (models CTO)  
Switzerland 2.8M (models CTO 18S 18G 19S 19G)  
Israel 2.8M (models CTO 18G 19G)  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Korea 2.8M (models CTO)  
India 2.8M (models CTO)  
Brazil 2.8M (models CTO)  
Taiwan 2.8M (models CTO)  
244 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Table 22. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3779  
Power cord part  
number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5068  
39M5081  
39M5199  
39M5123  
39M5165  
39M5102  
39M5130  
39M5144  
39M5151  
39M5158  
39M5172  
39M5179  
39M5219  
39M5226  
39M5233  
39M5247  
Argentina 2.8M (models CTO 1AY)  
US/Canada 2.8M (models CTO 1AU 1AS 1AV)  
Japan 2.8M (models CTO 1AE)  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Italy 2.8M (models CTO 1AY 1AG)  
ANZ 2.8M (models CTO 1AM)  
Denmark 2.8M (models CTO 1AG)  
S. Africa 2.8M (models CTO 1AG 1AM)  
UK 2.8M (models CTO)  
Switzerland 2.8M (models CTO 1AS 1AG)  
Israel 2.8M (models CTO 1AG)  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Korea 2.8M (models CTO)  
India 2.8M (models CTO)  
Brazil 2.8M (models CTO)  
Taiwan 2.8M (models CTO)  
Table 23. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3797  
Power cord part  
number  
Used in these countries and regions  
39M5068  
39M5081  
39M5199  
39M5123  
39M5165  
39M5102  
39M5130  
39M5144  
39M5151  
39M5158  
39M5172  
39M5179  
39M5219  
39M5226  
39M5233  
39M5247  
Argentina 2.8M (models CTO)  
US/Canada 2.8M (models CTO)  
Japan 2.8M (models CTO)  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Italy 2.8M (models CTO)  
ANZ 2.8M (models CTO)  
Denmark 2.8M (models CTO)  
S. Africa 2.8M (models CTO)  
UK 2.8M (models CTO)  
Switzerland 2.8M (models CTO)  
Israel 2.8M (models CTO)  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Korea 2.8M (models CTO)  
India 2.8M (models CTO)  
Brazil 2.8M (models CTO)  
Taiwan 2.8M (models CTO)  
Chapter 7. Parts listing, ThinkServer RD220 Type 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798 245  
Table 24. View 1 CRUs and FRUs, Type 3798  
Power cord part  
number  
39M5068  
39M5081  
Used in these countries and regions  
Argentina 2.8M (models CTO 13Y 16Y 17Y 1FY 1HY 1JY 1LY)  
US/Canada 2.8M (models CTO 11V 13U 13S 13V 14V 15V 16U  
16S 16V 17V 1DV 1EV 1FU 1FS 1FV 1HV 1JV 1LU 1LS 1LV)  
39M5199  
Japan 2.8M (models CTO 11E 13E 14E 15E 16E 17E 1DE 1EE  
1FE 1HE 1JE 1LE)  
39M5123  
39M5165  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Italy 2.8M (models CTO 11G 13Y 13G 14Y 14G 15Y 15G 16Y  
16G 17Y 17G 1DG 1EG 1FY 1FG 1HG 1JG 1LY 1LG)  
39M5102  
39M5130  
39M5144  
ANZ 2.8M (models CTO 11M 13M 14M 15M 16M 17M 1DM 1EM  
1FM 1HM 1JM 1LM)  
Denmark 2.8M (models CTO 11G 13G 14G 15G 16G 17G 1DG  
1EG 1FG 1HG 1JG 1LG)  
S. Africa 2.8M (models CTO 11G 11M 13G 13M 14G 14M 15G  
15M 16G 16M 17G 17M 1DG 1DM 1EG 1EM 1FG 1FM 1HG  
1HM 1JG 1LG 1LM)  
39M5151  
39M5158  
UK 2.8M (models CTO)  
Switzerland 2.8M (models CTO 11G 13S 13G 14S 14G 15S 15G  
16S 16G 17S 17G 1DG 1EG 1FS 1FG 1HG 1JG 1LS 1LG)  
39M5172  
Israel 2.8M (models CTO 11G 12G 13G 14G 15G 16G 17G 1DG  
1EG 1FG 1HG 1JG 1LG)  
39M5179  
39M5219  
39M5226  
39M5233  
39M5247  
Europe 2.8M (models CTO)  
Korea 2.8M (models CTO)  
India 2.8M (models CTO)  
Brazil 2.8M (models CTO)  
Taiwan 2.8M (models CTO)  
246 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Appendix. Notices  
Lenovo may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this document  
in all countries. Consult your local Lenovo representative for information on the  
products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to a Lenovo  
product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only that Lenovo  
product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,  
program, or service that does not infringe any Lenovo intellectual property right may  
be used instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate and verify the  
operation of any other product, program, or service.  
Lenovo may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter  
described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any  
license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:  
Lenovo (United States), Inc.  
1009 Think Place - Building One  
Morrisville, NC 27560  
U.S.A.  
Attention: Lenovo Director of Licensing  
LENOVO PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF  
ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,  
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR  
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some jurisdictions do not allow  
disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain transactions, therefore, this  
statement may not apply to you.  
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.  
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be  
incorporated in new editions of the publication. Lenovo may make improvements  
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication  
at any time without notice.  
The products described in this document are not intended for use in implantation or  
other life support applications where malfunction may result in injury or death to  
persons. The information contained in this document does not affect or change  
Lenovo product specifications or warranties. Nothing in this document shall operate  
as an express or implied license or indemnity under the intellectual property rights  
of Lenovo or third parties. All information contained in this document was obtained  
in specific environments and is presented as an illustration. The result obtained in  
other operating environments may vary.  
Lenovo may use or distribute any of the information you supply in any way it  
believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.  
Any references in this publication to non-Lenovo Web sites are provided for  
convenience only and do not in any manner serve as an endorsement of those  
Web sites. The materials at those Web sites are not part of the materials for this  
Lenovo product, and use of those Web sites is at your own risk.  
Any performance data contained herein was determined in a controlled  
environment. Therefore, the result obtained in other operating environments may  
vary significantly. Some measurements may have been made on development-level  
systems and there is no guarantee that these measurements will be the same on  
generally available systems. Furthermore, some measurements may have been  
© Lenovo 2005, 2009. Portions © IBM Corp. 2007, 2008.  
247  
 
estimated through extrapolation. Actual results may vary. Users of this document  
should verify the applicable data for their specific environment.  
Trademarks  
The following terms are trademarks of Lenovo in the United States, other countries,  
or both:  
Lenovo  
Lenovo logo  
EasyStartup  
ThinkServer  
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation  
in the United States, other countries, or both:  
v IBM  
v ServeRAID  
Intel is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation in the United States, other  
countries, or both.  
Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the  
United States, other countries, or both.  
Adobe, Acrobat, and PostScript are either registered trademarks or trademarks of  
Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States, other countries, or both.  
Java and all Java-based trademarks are trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in  
the United States, other countries, or both.  
Adaptec and HostRAID are trademarks of Adaptec, Inc., in the United States, other  
countries, or both.  
Linux is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States, other  
countries, or both.  
Other company, product, or service names may be trademarks or service marks of  
others.  
Important notes  
Processor speed indicates the internal clock speed of the microprocessor; other  
factors also affect application performance.  
CD or DVD drive speed is the variable read rate. Actual speeds vary and are often  
less than the possible maximum.  
When referring to processor storage, real and virtual storage, or channel volume,  
KB stands for 1024 bytes, MB stands for 1 048 576 bytes, and GB stands for  
1 073 741 824 bytes.  
When referring to hard disk drive capacity or communications volume, MB stands  
for 1 000 000 bytes, and GB stands for 1 000 000 000 bytes. Total user-accessible  
capacity can vary depending on operating environments.  
248 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any  
standard hard disk drives and population of all hard disk drive bays with the largest  
currently supported drives that are available from Lenovo.  
Maximum memory might require replacement of the standard memory with an  
optional memory module.  
Lenovo makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-Lenovo  
products. Support (if any) for the non-Lenovo products is provided by the third party,  
not Lenovo.  
Some software might differ from its retail version (if available) and might not include  
user manuals or all program functionality.  
Product recycling and disposal  
This unit must be recycled or discarded according to applicable local and national  
regulations. Lenovo encourages owners of information technology (IT) equipment to  
responsibly recycle their equipment when it is no longer needed. Lenovo offers a  
variety of product return programs and services in several countries to assist  
equipment owners in recycling their IT products. Information on Lenovo product  
recycling offerings can be found on Lenovo’s Internet site at:  
Esta unidad debe reciclarse o desecharse de acuerdo con lo establecido en la  
normativa nacional o local aplicable. Lenovo recomienda a los propietarios de  
equipos de tecnología de la información (TI) que reciclen responsablemente sus  
equipos cuando éstos ya no les sean útiles. Lenovo dispone de una serie de  
programas y servicios de devolución de productos en varios países, a fin de ayudar  
a los propietarios de equipos a reciclar sus productos de TI. Se puede encontrar  
información sobre las ofertas de reciclado de productos de Lenovo en el sitio web  
de Lenovo  
Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU) and  
Norway.  
This appliance is labeled in accordance with European Directive 2002/96/EC  
concerning waste electrical and electronic equipment (WEEE). The Directive  
determines the framework for the return and recycling of used appliances as  
applicable throughout the European Union. This label is applied to various products  
to indicate that the product is not to be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end  
of life per this Directive.  
Appendix. Notices 249  
 
Remarque : Cette marque s’applique uniquement aux pays de l’Union Européenne  
et à la Norvège.  
L’etiquette du système respecte la Directive européenne 2002/96/EC en matière de  
Déchets des Equipements Electriques et Electroniques (DEEE), qui détermine les  
dispositions de retour et de recyclage applicables aux systèmes utilisés à travers  
l’Union européenne. Conformément à la directive, ladite étiquette précise que le  
produit sur lequel elle est apposée ne doit pas être jeté mais être récupéré en fin  
de vie.  
In accordance with the European WEEE Directive, electrical and electronic  
equipment (EEE) is to be collected separately and to be reused, recycled, or  
recovered at end of life. Users of EEE with the WEEE marking per Annex IV of the  
WEEE Directive, as shown above, must not dispose of end of life EEE as unsorted  
municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers for the  
return, recycling, and recovery of WEEE. Customer participation is important to  
minimize any potential effects of EEE on the environment and human health due to  
the potential presence of hazardous substances in EEE. For proper collection and  
treatment, contact your local Lenovo representative.  
Battery return program  
This product may contain a lithium or lithium ion battery. Consult your user manual  
or service manual for specific battery information. The battery must be recycled or  
disposed of properly. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. For  
information on disposal or batteries outside the United States, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment or contact your local waste disposal  
facility.  
For Taiwan: Please recycle batteries.  
For the European Union:  
Notice: This mark applies only to countries within the European Union (EU).  
Batteries or packaging for batteries are labeled in accordance with European  
Directive 2006/66/EC concerning batteries and accumulators and waste batteries  
and accumulators. The Directive determines the framework for the return and  
recycling of used batteries and accumulators as applicable throughout the European  
Union. This label is applied to various batteries to indicate that the battery is not to  
be thrown away, but rather reclaimed upon end of life per this Directive.  
250 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Les batteries ou emballages pour batteries sont étiquetés conformément aux  
directives européennes 2006/66/EC, norme relative aux batteries et accumulateurs  
en usage et aux batteries et accumulateurs usés. Les directives déterminent la  
marche à suivre en vigueue dans l'Union Européenne pour le retour et le recyclage  
des batteries et accumulateurs usés. Cette étiquette est appliquée sur diverses  
batteries pour indiquer que la batterie ne doit pas être mise au rebut mais plutôt  
récupérée en fin de cycle de vie selon cette norme.  
In accordance with the European Directive 2006/66/EC, batteries and accumulators  
are labeled to indicate that they are to be collected separately and recycled at end  
of life. The label on the battery may also include a chemical symbol for the metal  
concerned in the battery (Pb for lead, Hg for mercury, and Cd for cadmium). Users  
of batteries and accumulators must not dispose of batteries and accumulators as  
unsorted municipal waste, but use the collection framework available to customers  
for the return, recycling, and treatment of batteries and accumulators. Customer  
participation is important to minimize any potential effects of batteries and  
accumulators on the environment and human health due to the potential presence  
of hazardous substances. For proper collection and treatment, go to  
http://www.lenovo.com/lenovo/environment.  
For California:  
Perchlorate material - special handling may apply. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/  
hazardouswaste/perchlorate/.  
The foregoing notice is provided in accordance with California Code of Regulations  
Title 22, Division 4.5 Chapter 33. Best Management Practices for Perchlorate  
Materials. This product/part may include a lithium manganese dioxide battery which  
contains a perchlorate substance.  
Electronic emissions notices  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) statement  
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a  
Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits  
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference  
when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This  
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if  
not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause  
harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in  
a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case the  
user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.  
Properly shielded and grounded cables and connectors must be used in order to  
meet FCC emission limits. Lenovo is not responsible for any radio or television  
interference caused by using other than recommended cables and connectors or by  
unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized changes or  
modifications could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.  
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the  
following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2)  
this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may  
cause undesired operation.  
Appendix. Notices 251  
 
Industry Canada Class A emission compliance statement  
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Avis de conformité à la réglementation d'Industrie Canada  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du  
Canada.  
Australia and New Zealand Class A statement  
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may  
cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate  
measures.  
United Kingdom telecommunications safety requirement  
Notice to Customers  
This apparatus is approved under approval number NS/G/1234/J/100003 for indirect  
connection to public telecommunication systems in the United Kingdom.  
European Union EMC Directive conformance statement  
This product is in conformity with the protection requirements of EU Council  
Directive 2004/108/EC on the approximation of the laws of the Member States  
relating to electromagnetic compatibility. Lenovo cannot accept responsibility for any  
failure to satisfy the protection requirements resulting from a non-recommended  
modification of the product, including the fitting of non-Lenovo option cards  
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class A  
Information Technology Equipment according to CISPR 22/European Standard EN  
55022. The limits for Class A equipment were derived for commercial and industrial  
environments to provide reasonable protection against interference with licensed  
communication equipment.  
Attention: This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may  
cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate  
measures.  
German Class A compliance statement  
Deutschsprachiger EU Hinweis:  
Hinweis für Geräte der Klasse A EU-Richtlinie zur Elektromagnetischen  
Verträglichkeit  
Dieses Produkt entspricht den Schutzanforderungen der EU-Richtlinie 2004/108/EG  
(früher 89/336/EWG) zur Angleichung der Rechtsvorschriften über die  
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit in den EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und hält die  
Grenzwerte der EN 55022 Klasse A ein.  
Um dieses sicherzustellen, sind die Geräte wie in den Handbüchern beschrieben zu  
installieren und zu betreiben. Des Weiteren dürfen auch nur von der Lenovo  
empfohlene Kabel angeschlossen werden. Lenovo übernimmt keine Verantwortung  
für die Einhaltung der Schutzanforderungen, wenn das Produkt ohne Zustimmung  
der Lenovo verändert bzw. wenn Erweiterungskomponenten von Fremdherstellern  
ohne Empfehlung der Lenovo gesteckt/eingebaut werden.  
252 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Deutschland:  
Einhaltung des Gesetzes über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von  
Betriebsmittein  
Dieses Produkt entspricht dem “Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit  
von Betriebsmitteln” EMVG (früher “Gesetz über die elektromagnetische  
Verträglichkeit von Geräten”). Dies ist die Umsetzung der EU-Richtlinie  
2004/108/EG (früher 89/336/EWG) in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland.  
Zulassungsbescheinigung laut dem Deutschen Gesetz über die  
elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Betriebsmitteln, EMVG vom 20. Juli  
2007 (früher Gesetz über die elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit von Geräten),  
bzw. der EMV EG Richtlinie 2004/108/EC (früher 89/336/EWG), für Geräte der  
Klasse A.  
Dieses Gerät ist berechtigt, in Übereinstimmung mit dem Deutschen EMVG das  
EG-Konformitätszeichen - CE - zu führen. Verantwortlich für die  
Konformitätserklärung nach Paragraf 5 des EMVG ist die Lenovo (Deutschland)  
GmbH, Gropiusplatz 10, D-70563 Stuttgart.  
Informationen in Hinsicht EMVG Paragraf 4 Abs. (1) 4:  
Das Gerät erfüllt die Schutzanforderungen nach EN 55024 und EN 55022  
Klasse A.  
Nach der EN 55022: “Dies ist eine Einrichtung der Klasse A. Diese Einrichtung  
kann im Wohnbereich Funkstörungen verursachen; in diesem Fall kann vom  
Betreiber verlangt werden, angemessene Maßnahmen durchzuführen und dafür  
aufzukommen.”  
Nach dem EMVG: “Geräte dürfen an Orten, für die sie nicht ausreichend entstört  
sind, nur mit besonderer Genehmigung des Bundesministers für Post und  
Telekommunikation oder des Bundesamtes für Post und Telekommunikation  
betrieben werden. Die Genehmigung wird erteilt, wenn keine elektromagnetischen  
Störungen zu erwarten sind.” (Auszug aus dem EMVG, Paragraph 3, Abs. 4).  
Dieses Genehmigungsverfahren ist nach Paragraph 9 EMVG in Verbindung mit der  
entsprechenden Kostenverordnung (Amtsblatt 14/93) kostenpflichtig.  
Anmerkung: Um die Einhaltung des EMVG sicherzustellen sind die Geräte, wie in  
den Handbüchern angegeben, zu installieren und zu betreiben.  
Japanese Voluntary Control Council for Interference (VCCI) statement  
Appendix. Notices 253  
 
Japanese recycling statements  
254 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
 
Taiwanese Class A warning statement  
Chinese Class A warning statement  
Korean Class A warning statement  
Appendix. Notices 255  
 
256 ThinkServer RD220 Types 3729, 3779, 3797, and 3798: Hardware Maintenance Manual  
Part Number: 40M2493  
Printed in USA  
(1P) P/N: 40M2493  

Insignia NS F20TV User Manual
Intel MAT 880 User Manual
JVC TM A140PN A User Manual
LG Electronics L226WTQ User Manual
LG Electronics L1953TR User Manual
Melissa 640 123 User Manual
NEC E700 User Manual
Philips CD2351S User Manual
Philips PCW227C User Manual
Philips PET741C User Manual